You are on page 1of 292

Color image RUNNER

C2050/2020
iR C2100/2100S

REVISION 0

NOV. 2000 FY8-23B9-000


COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
Application
This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical
theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all
localities where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this
manual that does not apply to your locality.

Corrections
This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to
improvements or changes in products. When changes occur in applicable products or in
the contents of this manual, Canon will release technical information as the need arises.
In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period,
Canon will issue a new edition of this manual.

The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law.

Trademarks
The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered
trademarks of the individual companies.

Copyright
This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this
manual may not be copied, reproduced or translated into another language, in whole or
in part, without the written consent of Canon Inc.

COPYRIGHT © 2000 CANON INC.


Printed in Japan
Imprimé au Japon

Caution
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information.

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
INTRODUCTION

1 Symbols Used
This documentation uses the following symbols to indicate special information:

Symbol Description

Indicates an item of a non-specific nature, possibly classified as Note, Caution,


or Warning.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).

Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.

Indicates an item requiring disconnection of the power plug from the electric
outlet.

Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the


topic in question.
Memo

Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in ques-


REF.
tion.

Provides a description of a service mode.

Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.

Refers to the Copier Basics Series for a better understanding of the contents.

i
INTRODUCTION

ii
CONTENTS

Contents (Reader Unit)


CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
1 Periodically Replaced Parts ................ 1-1 3 Scheduled Servicing ........................... 1-2
2 Consumables and Durables ................ 1-1 4 Scheduled Servicing Chart ................. 1-4 1
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS
1 Adjusting the Image Position ............. 2-1 3.2 When Replacing the Reader
1.1 Standards .................................... 2-1 Controller PCB .......................... 2-8 2
1.2 Checking the Image Position ..... 2-1 3.3 When Replacing the AP-IP
2 Making Scanner-Related PCB ............................................ 2-9
Adjustments ........................................ 2-2 3.4 When Replacing the ECO
2.1 Routing the Scanner Drive PCB ............................................ 2-9
Cable .......................................... 2-2 3.5 When Replacing the Light 3
2.2 Adjusting the Intensity of Intensity Detection PCB ............ 2-9
the Scanning Lamp .................... 2-3 4 Checking the Photointerrupters ........ 2-10
2.3 After Replacing the Scanning 5 Upgrading the Machine .................... 2-12
Lamp .......................................... 2-4 5.1 Replacing the DIMM ............... 2-12
2.4 Mounting Back the Existing 5.1.1 Removing the DIMM from
Scanning Lamp .......................... 2-4 the Reader Controller
2.5 Keeping the Reader Unit PCB .................................... 2-13
Level ........................................... 2-5 5.1.2 Mounting the DIMM on the
2.6 After Replacing the Standard Reader Controller PCB ...... 2-14
White Plate ................................. 2-6 5.2 Downloading ............................ 2-15
3 Adjusting Other Electrical Parts ......... 2-7 5.2.1 Making Preparations .......... 2-15
3.1 When Replacing the CCD 5.2.2 Downloading Procedure .... 2-15
Unit ............................................ 2-7

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS


OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
1 Variable Resistors, Light-Emitting
Diodes, and Check Pins by PCB ........ 3-6

iii
CONTENTS

APPENDIX
1 General Timing Chart ........................ A-1 3 Special Tools ...................................... A-4
2 Signals and Abbreviations ................. A-3 4 Solvents and Oils ............................... A-4
2.1 Signals ....................................... A-3 5 Reader Unit General Timing
2.2 Abbreviations ............................ A-4 Diagram ............................................. A-5

iv
CONTENTS

Contents (Printer Unit)


CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
1 Periodically Replaced Parts ................ 1-1 2.2 Cassette Pedestal ........................ 1-3
2 Consumables and Durables ................ 1-2
2.1 Printer Unit ................................ 1-2
3 Scheduled Servicing ........................... 1-4
4 Scheduled Servicing Chart ................. 1-6
1

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS


1 Adjusting the Image Position ............. 2-1 4 Fixing System-Related 2
1.1 Standards for Image Adjustments ...................................... 2-12
Position ...................................... 2-1 4.1 When Replacing the Web ......... 2-12
1.2 Checking the Position of 4.2 Adjusting the Nip ..................... 2-13
the Image .................................... 2-2 4.3 Removing the Skew ................. 2-15
1.3 Adjusting the Left/Right 4.4 When Replacing the 3
Image Margin ............................. 2-3 Fixing Roller ............................ 2-16
1.4 Adjusting the Leading 5 LED Exposure Unit-Related
Edge Margin .............................. 2-7 Adjustments ...................................... 2-17
1.5 Adjusting the Left/Right 5.1 Points to Note When
Non-Image Width ...................... 2-7 Handling the LED
1.6 Leading Edge Non-Image Exposure Unit .......................... 2-17
Width .......................................... 2-7 5.2 Points to Note When
2 Image Formation System-Related Mounting the LED
Adjustments ........................................ 2-8 Exposure Unit .......................... 2-18
2.1 Points to Note When 5.3 After Replacing the LED
Handling the Drum Unit ............ 2-8 Exposure Unit .......................... 2-18
2.2 After Replacing the Drum 5.4 Claening the LED Exposure
Unit ............................................ 2-8 Unit (if image faults, e.g., light
2.3 After Replacing the images, uneven images, occur
Transfer Belt .............................. 2-9 as the result of dirt on the lens
3 Pickup/Feed System-Related surface) ..................................... 2-18
Adjustments ...................................... 2-10 6 Adjusting Other Electric Parts .......... 2-19
3.1 Attaching the Timing Belt 6.1 When Replacing the
for the Manual Feed Tray System Controller PCB ............ 2-19
Assembly ................................. 2-10 6.2 When Replacing the DC
3.2 Executing Paper Width Controller PCB ........................ 2-20
Reference Point Auto 6.3 Checking the Environment
Adjustment for the Measurement PCB ................... 2-22
Manual Feed Tray .................... 2-11 6.4 Checking the
3.3 Adjusting the Paper Photointerrupters ...................... 2-24
Width Basic Value for the 7 Upgrading ......................................... 2-28
Manual Feed Tray .................... 2-11 7.1 Replacing the DIMM ............... 2-28

v
CONTENTS

7.1.1 Removing the DIMM ........ 2-29 7.2 Downloading ............................ 2-33
7.1.2 Mounting the DIMM of 7.2.1 Items to Prepare ................. 2-33
the System Controller 7.2.2 Downloading
PCB and the DC Procedure ........................... 2-33
Controller PCB .................. 2-32

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS


OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
1 Sensors ................................................ 3-2 8.1 Controller PCB ........................ 3-19
2 Thermistor, Lamps, and Heaters ......... 3-5 8.2 System Controller PCB ............ 3-20
3 Clutches and Solenoids ....................... 3-8 8.3 Serial Driver PCB .................... 3-21
4 Fans ................................................... 3-10 8.4 DC Power Supply PCB ............ 3-21
5 Motors ............................................... 3-12 8.5 Pickup Assembly PCB ............. 3-22
6 PCBs ................................................. 3-14 8.6 Duplex Driver PCB
7 Cassette Pedestal ............................... 3-16 (duplex model only) ................. 3-23
8 Variable Resistors (VR), 8.7 Cassette Pedestal ...................... 3-23
Light-Emitting Diodes, and
Check Pins by PCB .......................... 3-18

APPENDIX
1 General Timing Chart ........................ A-1 3 Printer Unit General Circuit
2 Signals and Abbreviations ................. A-3 Diagram ........................................... A-11
2.1 Signals ....................................... A-3 4 Cassette Pedestal General Circuit
2.1.1 Printer ................................. A-3 Diagram ........................................... A-13
2.1.2 Cassette Pedestal ................. A-9 5 Special Tools .................................... A-15
2.2 Abbreviations ............................ A-9 6 Solvents and Oils ............................. A-17

vi
CONTENTS

Contents (Service Mode)


1 Outline ................................................ S-1 3.4 S-CON ..................................... S-36
1.1 Construction of Service Mode ... S-1 3.5 FEEDER .................................. S-38
1.2 Starting the Service Mode ......... S-3 3.6 COPIER ................................... S-40
1.3 Ending the Service Mode .......... S-4 4 Adjustment Mode (ADJUST) ........... S-50
1.4 Backing Up the Service Mode ... S-4 4.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................. S-50
1.5 Basic Operation .......................... S-5 4.2 FEEDER .................................. S-76
1.5.1 Initial Screen ........................ S-5 5 Operation/Inspection Mode
1.5.2 Level 1/Level 2 screen ......... S-5 (FUNCTION) ................................... S-77
1.5.3 Level 3 Screen ..................... S-6 5.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................. S-77
2 DISPLAY (status indication mode) .... S-7 5.2 FEEDER>FUNCTION ............ S-92
2.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................... S-7 6 OPTION (settings mode) .................. S-93
2.2 FEEDER .................................. S-26 6.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................. S-93
2.3 EDITOR ................................... S-26 6.2 FEEDER ................................ S-108
3 I/O (I/O display mode) ..................... S-27 6.3 SORTER ................................ S-108
3.1 DC-CON .................................. S-28 7 TEST (test print mode) ................... S-109
3.2 R-CON ..................................... S-34 8 COUNTER (counter mode) ............ S-113
3.3 IP .............................................. S-35

vii
CONTENTS

Contents (Error Code)


1 Self Diagnosis (copier) ...................... E-1
2 Self Diagnosis O (DADF) ............... E-13
3 Self Diagnosis (finisher) .................. E-16
3.1 Finisher Assembly ................... E-16
3.2 Saddle Stitcher ........................ E-19
4 Self Diagnosis (sorter) ..................... E-23
5 Self Diagnosis (PDL Board) ............ E-25

viii
Reader Unit
(copier operation)

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND


INSPECTION
1 Periodically Replaced Parts
1
The machine does not have parts which require replacement on a periodical bias.

2 Consumables and Durables


As of May 2000

No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks


1 Scanning lamp FH7-3336 1 500 hr Reference is to 75,000 scans:
for replacement work, see No. 1;
for alarm, see Note 2.

Replace the scanning lamp as instructed in 2.3.2 “After Replacing the Scan-
ning Lamp” in Chapter 8.

1-1R
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

3 Scheduled Servicing

1. As a rule, perform scheduled servicing every 50,000 prints.


2. Check the Service Book before leaving for scheduled servicing, and take
parts for expected replacement.

1) Report to the person in charge, and check the general condition.


2) Record the counter reading, and check the faulty copies.
3) Make test prints in Direct, Reduce, and Enlarge; then, check the following:
a. Images
b. Background for soiling
c. Leading edge margin (2.5 ± 1.5 as standard in Direct)
d. Left margin (2.0 ± 1.5 mm as standard in Direct)
e. Fixing, registration, and back for soiling
f. Abnormal noise
4) Perform scheduled servicing according to the number of prints made (Scheduled Servic-
ing Chart of this chapter and in Chapter 11 of the Printer Manual).
5) Clean any soiled areas inside the machine.
6) Make test prints.
7) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.
8) Make sample copies.

1-2R
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

9) Press the test button of the leakage breaker for the reader unit and the printer, and check
to see that the open/close lever shifts to the OFF side.
Thereafter, turn off the power switch, and shift the lever to the ON side; then, turn on
the power switch.
If the lever fails to shift to the OFF side, replace he leakage breaker; after replacement,
make the foregoing check.

Open/close lever

Test button

F01-300-01

10) Put the sample copies away, and clean up the area around the machine.
11) Record the final counter reading.
12) Fill out the Service Book, and report to the person in charge. Be sure to indicate the
check made on the leakage breaker in the history column.

1-3R
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

4 Scheduled Servicing Chart

Do not use solvents or oils not indicated.

: Clean : Replace : Lubricate : Adjust : Inspect


As of May 2000

Internals (prints)
Unit Part every every every every Others Remarks
50,000 100,000 150,000 300,000
Externals/ Copyboard glass As necessary
controls Copyboard cover As necessary
Scanner Rail Upon
replacement
of scanning
lamp Clean;
then, apply
silicone oil

Optical unit Mirror (No. 1 to No 3) As necessary


Reflecting shade As necessary
Standard white plate As necessary

1-4R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND


ADJUSTMENTS
1 Adjusting the Image Position
1.1 Standards
See 1 “Adjusting the Image Position” in Chapter 2 of the Printer Handbook.

1.2 Checking the Image Position


See 1 “Adjusting the Image Position” in Chapter 2 of the Printer Handbook.
2

2-1R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2 Making Scanner-Related Adjustments


2.1 Routing the Scanner Drive Cable
Go through steps [1] through [7] to route the scanner cable on the pulleys and hooks:

1. Check to make sure that the scanner drive cable is free of twists and it
has not ridden over the pulleys.
2. Try moving the No. 1/No. 2 mirror bases by hand to find out if they
move smoothly; at that time, do not touch the reflecting plate.
3. Take care not to damage the cable by the edge of the metal plate.

[6]

[6] [2]

[2] Wind 7 times.


[1]

Put the metal ball into


[5] the hole of the pulley.

Try not to allow a gap


between runs.

[3]

[7] Secure
temporarily.

Wind 7 times.
[4]

Put the metal ball


[5] into the hole of the pulley.
Try not to allow a gap
between runs.

F02-201-01

2-2R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.2 Adjusting the Intensity of the Scanning Lamp


1) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
2) Remove the reader unit front lower cover.
3) Wait until the machine enters standby state (i.e., until the Start key turns on green; in
about 5 min).
4) Turn the scanning lamp adjusting VR fully counterclockwise as shown.

Connector for downloading

COPY
LOAD

Scanning lamp DIP SW1 for


adjusting VR downloading

F02-202-01

5-1)If the lamp is new (as when replacing the existing one), make the following selec
tions in service mode, and press the OK key: COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-
R>LAMP-ADJ. (The indication will be ‘SERVICE’.)
5-2)If the lamp is old, make the following selections in service mode, and press the OK key:
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>USE-LAMP. (The indication will be ‘SERVICE’.)
6) See that the scanning lamp turns on; then, wait for about 5 min (for the scanning lamp to
warm up), and turn the scanning lamp adjusting VR clockwise until a beep is heard.
7) Press the OK key on the control panel screen. (The indication will be ‘READY’.)
8) Execute the following in service mode: FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ.

2-3R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.3 After Replacing the Scanning Lamp


1) Replace the scanning lamp with a new one, and put the machine back into its initial con-
dition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover removed.)
2) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp intensity.
3) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.
4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL; then, set
‘0’ to <P-OFST-Y/M/C/K>.
5) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

2.4 Mounting Back the Existing Scanning Lamp


If the scanning lamp has been removed, be sure to go through the following after mount-
ing it back:
1) Mount the scanning lamp, and put the machine back into its initial condition. (Keep the
reader unit front lower cover removed.)
2) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp intensity.
3) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.
4) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

2-4R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.5 Keeping the Reader Unit Level


If the reader unit rocks on the printer unit, go through the following steps:
1) Using a wrench, loosen the fixing screw (top) of the front right foot of the reader unit.

Higher

To loosen

Lower

F02-205-01

2) Using a wrench, turn the adjusting screw (bottom) of the front right foot until the reader
unit stops rocking.
3) Tighten the fixing screws to end the work.

2-5R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.6 After Replacing the Standard White Plate


1) Open the COPIER>ADJUST>CCD screen in service mode.
2) Enter the value indicated on the new standard white plate in service mode, and press the
OK key: COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-X, W-PLT-Y, W-PLT-Z.

XXXX YYYY ZZZZ


value of W-PLT-Z
value of W-PLT-Y
value of W-PLT-X

F02-206-01

3) Turn off the main power switch, and mount the new standard white plate.
4) Turn on the main power switch.
5) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

2-6R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3 Adjusting Other Electrical Parts


3.1 When Replacing the CCD Unit
1) Remove the reader unit front lower cover.
2) Record the values (AL-RG, AL-GB; indicated on the label attached to the new CCD
unit) on the service label on the reader unit front lower cover.
3) Mount the new CCD unit.
4) Put the machine back into its initial condition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover
removed.)
5) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
6) Make the following selections in service mode, and enter the values recorded in step 2):
ADJUST>CCD>AL-RG/AL-GB.

The values other than AL-RG and AL-GB (e.g., A-RG, A-GB) are unique to
the reader unit, and need not be entered.
Memo
7) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp light intensity.
8) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.
9) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL; then, set
‘0’ to <P-OFST-Y/M/C/K>.
10) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

2-7R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3.2 When Replacing the Reader Controller PCB


1) Remove the reader unit front lower cover.
2) Check to see if all items of the service label found on the reader unit front lower cover
have values indicated; otherwise, start service mode, and record the missing values.
3) Remove the faulty reader controller PCB.
4) Mount the new reader controller PCB.
5) Detach the DIMM ROM from the faulty reader controller PCB, and attach it to the new
reader controller PCB.

DIMM ROM

A11 A1 A15 A1 A12 A1


B1 B11 B1 B15 B1 B12
A8 A1 1 2
B1 J1605 B8 J1605 J1608 ON J1609 6 J1608 1

SW1602 VR1
J1603 LED1605
1 72
LED1604
LED1603
LED1602
1

LED1601
J1602

J1601 1

7
A33
A34
B33
B34

A33
A34
B33
B34

J1611
13

1
J1702

J1701

SW1601
ON
40 2
A1
A2
B1
B2

A1
A2
B1
B2

1 9 39 1
1 8 J1617 80 42
79 J1614 41

F02-302-01

When using a new DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMM ROMs of
the reader controller PCB, the DC controller PCB, and system controller
PCB to make sure that their versions will match.

2-8R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

6) Put the machine back into its initial state. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover re-
moved.)
7) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
8) Execute FUNCTION>CLEAR-R-CON in service mode. At the end of the mode, the
power will automatically turn off.
9) Turn on the main power.
10) Enter the values of all items indicated on the service label attached to the reader unit
front lower cover.

In particular, the wrong setting of OPTION>BODY>EC-GLASS (indicat-


ing the type of copyboard glass, i.e., the use of an EC coat) will affect the
hues of images. Pay extra attention.

11) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp light intensity.


12) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.
13) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.
14) Execute head shading in user mode.

3.3 When Replacing the AP-IP PCB


There is no particular work to perform for replacement.

FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ is automatically executed at power-on.

REF.

3.4 When Replacing the ECO PCB


There is no particular work to perform for replacement.

3.5 When Replacing the Light Intensity Detection PCB


1) Mount the new light intensity detection PCB, and put the machine back into its initial
condition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover removed.)
2) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp light intensity.
3) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.
4) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

2-9R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4 Checking the Photointerrupters


1) Start service mode.
2) Make the following selections to bring up the following screen: COPIER>I/O>R-CON.
3) Make checks as indicated:

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

<R-CON> < 1/10 > < READY >


7 0
P001 xxxxxxxx
P002 xxxxxxxx
P003 xxxxxxxx
P004 xxxxxxxx
P005 xxxxxxxx
P006 xxxxxxxx
P007 xxxxxxxx
P008 xxxxxxxx

P008 xxxxxxxx
Address
bit 0
bit 1

bit 7

F02-400-01

2-10R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Notation PS101 PS102


Name Scanner home position Copyboard cover open/
sensor closed sensor
Service mode Display>Sensor>SC-HP R-CON, P004 bit 0
Checks A press on the Start key During standby, when
(normal if will cause the following the copyboard cover is
as described) changes:‘1’ --> ‘0’ --> ‘1’ •opened, ‘0’.
•closed, ‘1’.

T08-204-01

2-11R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5 Upgrading the Machine


The machine may be upgraded by either of the following two methods:
[1] by replacing the DIMM on the rear controller PCB
[2] updating the contents of the DIMM by downloading from a PCB

5.1 Replacing the DIMM


The DIMM is mounted in the following location of the machine:

Reader controller PCB DIMM

F02-501-01

2-12R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5.1.1 Removing the DIMM from the Reader Controller PCB


1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.
2) Remove the front lower cover.
3) Remove the scanner motor drive PCB.
4) While spreading open the claws of the slot, lift the DIMM to detach.

Claws

F02-501-02

F02-501-03

2-13R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5.1.2 Mounting the DIMM on the Reader Controller PCB


1) Insert the DIMM into the slot at an angle.

F02-501-04

F02-501-05

2) Shift down the DIMM.

F02-501-06

The DIMM may crack. Do not force it.

2-14R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

After replacing the DIMM, go through the following:


1. initializing the RAM: COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>R-CON.
REF. 2. turning off and then on the main power switch.
3. entering the values indicated on the service label.
4. turning off and then on the power switch.
5. executing auto gradation correction in user mode.
6. executing head shading correction in user mode.

When replacing with a new DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMM
ROMs of the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and system con-
troller PCB to ensure that their versions will match.

5.2 Downloading
5.2.1 Making Preparations
Prepare the following:
• PC to which the Copier Service Tool has been installed
• bi-Centronics cable (showing the notation “IEEE 1284 std-compliant”)

5.2.2 Downloading Procedure


a. Making Connections
1) Turn off the machine’s main power switch, and disconnect the power plug from the
power outlet.
2) Remove the front lower cover.
3) Connect the connector for downloading and the PC with the bi-Centronics cable.
• Keep the PC off.
• Connect the 25-pin connector of the bi-Centronics cable to the PC and its 36-pin
connector to the reader unit.

2-15R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4) Slide the download switch to the LOAD side.

Download connector
COPY
LOAD

COPY
LOAD

Download
switch

F02-502-01

5) Turn on the PC, and start up the Copier Service Support Tool.
6) Connect the machine’s power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power
switch:
• reader unit power lamp: ON
• control panel display: OFF
• printer unit: normal power-up operation

2-16R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

b. Downloading Procedure
1) Select ‘to main menu’ on the start-up message of the Copier Service Support Tool.
2) Select ‘next’ on the ‘download/upload’ side.

F02-502-02

2-17R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3) Select the type and PCB for downloading, and click ‘start to connect’.
R-CON: DIMM for reader controller PCB
4) Follow the instructions on the PC screen to download the flash ROM data.

Do not turn off the machine or the PCB; otherwise, the DIMM can go out
of order, and become unusable.

5) When downloading has ended, turn off the PC as follows:


‘OK’ —> ‘to main menu’ —> ‘end copier service support tool’ —> ‘end’

c. Following Up on the Work


1) Turn off the machine’s main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.
2) Disconnect the bi-Centronics cable from the reader unit.
3) Shift the download switch to the COPY side.

Download connector
COPY
LOAD

COPY
LOAD

Download
switch

F02-502-03

4) Connect the machine’s power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power
switch.
5) Start service mode, and check the ROM version.
• COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION>R-CON
6) After the check, mount the front lower cover.

2-18R
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

After downloading, be sure to perform the following:


1. initializing the RAM: COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>R-CON
REF. 2. turning off and then on the main power switch
3. entering the values indicated on the service label
4 turning off and then on the power switch
5. executing auto gradation correction in user mode
6. executing head shading correction in user mode

When upgrading the DIMM ROM, be sure also to upgrade the DIMM
ROMs of the reader controller PCB, DC control PCB, and system controller
PCB to ensure that their versions will match.

2-19R
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND


FUNCTIONS OF
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Lamp, Switch, Breaker, and the Like

CB1(100V)
CB2(220/240V)

KSW1 3
TH1
LA1
H1

F03-000-01

Name Notation Description


Thermistor TH1 Scanning lamp thermistor
Lamp LA1 Scanning lamp
Heater H1 Scanning lamp heater
Relay RL1 Power-cut relay
Leakage breaker CB Leakage breaker
Switch MSW1 Reader unit rear power switch
KSW1 Key switch

T03-000-01

3-1R
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Sensors, Fans, and Motors

PS2
PS5
PS6

PS4
PS3
PS1

PM1
FM1

F03-000-02

3-2R
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Name Notation Description


Photosensor PS1 Scanner home position sensor
PS2 Copyboard cover open/closed sensor
PS3 Original size sensor 0
PS4 Original size sensor 1
PS5 Original size sensor 2
PS6 Original size sensor 3
Fan FM1 Power supply cooling fan
Motor PM1 Scanner motor

T03-000-02

3-3R
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

PCBs
[12]

[14] [12]

[15] [13]
[12]

[3]
[1]

[5]
[2]
[4]

[6]

[7] [11]
[8] [10]

[9]

[16]

F03-000-03

3-4R
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Ref. Name Description


[1] Reader unit main power supply PCB Supplies power to the reader unit.
[2] Inverter PCB Drives the scanning lamp.
[3] Noise filter PCB Removes noise coming from the power line.
[4] Accessories power supply PCB Supplies power to accessories.
[5] CCD/CCD driver PCB Drives the CCD.
[6] AP-IP PCB Controls analog/digital image processing.
[7] Light intensity detection PCB Detects the intensity of light of the scanning lamp.
[8] ECO PCB Processes digital images.
[9] Connector relay PCB Relays signal lines.
[10] Reader controller PCB Controls sequence of the reader unit.
[11] Original scanner motor driver PCB Controls the drive of the scanner motor.
[12] Keypad PCB Controls the keypad.
[13] Control panel CPU PCB Controls sequence of the control panel.
[14] Control panel LED PCB Controls the LEDs.
[15] Control panel inverter PCB Controls the display.
[16] RD I/F PCB Interfaces the reader and the printer.

T03-000-03

3-5R
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

1 Variable Resistors, Light-Emitting Diodes, and


Check Pins by PCB
Of the variable resistors (VR), light-emitting diodes (LED), and check pins used in the
machine, those that are used in the field are discussed.

The VRs and check pins not listed are for use at the factory. Do not touch
them in the field, as they require special tools and high accuracy.

1. Some LEDs hold leakage current, and emit dim light even when off;
this is a normal condition, and must be kept in mind.
2. VRs that may be used in the field
VRs that must not be used in the field.

a. Reader Controller PCB

A11 A1 A15 A1 A12 A1


B1 B11 B1 B15 B1 B12
A8 A1 1 2
B1 J1605 B8 J1605 J1608 ON J1609 6 J1608 1

SW1602 VR1
J1603 LED1605
1 72
LED1604
LED1603
LED1602
1

LED1601
J1602

J1601 1

7
A33
A34
B33
B34

A33
A34
B33
B34

J1611
13

1
J1702

J1701

40 2
A1
A2
B1
B2

A1
A2
B1
B2

1 9 39 1
J1617 80 42
79 J1614 41

F03-100-01

3-6R
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Notation Name Description


VR1601 Scanning lamp Used when replacing the scanning lamp,
adjusting VR light detection PCB, or standard white plate.
SW1602 Download SW-1 at ON (COPY): normal copying mode
DIP SW SW-1 at OFF (LOAD): download mode
Caution: Do not to touch SW-2; it is for use at the factory.

T03-100-01

3-7R
APPENDIX
APPENDIX

1 General Timing Chart


Conditions: book mode, non-AE, full color, cassette 1; A4, single-sided (2 prints, continuous)
AP-IP PCB
70˚C Gain adjust end Start key ON

WMUP RSTBY RINTR SCFW SCRV RSTBY

Scanning lamp (FL1) Pre-activation

Scanner motor (M5) CW CCW


Scanner HP sensor
(PS1)
Shading correction

Fluorescent heater (H5) Controlled to 70˚C


Scanning lamp pre-heating 2.9V 4.35V Controlled to 3 V (approx.) 2.9V 4.35V Controlled to 3 V (approx.)
voltage

Main power
Main power switch ON
190˚C switch OFF

WMUP PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY

Fixing main heater (H1) Controlled to 190˚C Controlled to 180˚C

Fixing sub heater (H2)

Pickup main motor (M2)

Delivery main motor (M16)

Pickup solenoid (SL1)

Pickup motor (M1)


Cassette 1 pickup
sensor (S1)
Pickup clutch (CL1)

Vertical path sensor (S11)

Vertical path clutch (CL2)

Pre-registration senor (S12)

Registration clutch (CL4)


Transfer belt drive motor 1.0sec
(M15)
Transfer swing clutch
(CL23)
Feed auxiliary roller bias

Drum motor Y (M3)

Drum motor M (M4)

Drum motor C (M5)


Drum motor Bk (M6)
Injection cylinder clutch
Y (CL6)
Injection cylinder clutch
M (CL8)
Injection cylinder clutch
C (CL10)
Injection cylinder clutch
Bk (CL12)
Injection charging AC-Y

Injection charging AC-M

Injection charging AC-C


Injection charging AC-Bk

Injection charging DC-Y

Injection charging DC-M

Injection charging DC-C


Injection charging DC-Bk

Exposure LED-Y

Exposure LED-M

Exposure LED-C

Exposure LED-Bk
Developing cylinder 2min
clutch Y (CL5)
Developing cylinder
clutch M (CL7)
Developing cylinder
clutch C (CL9)
Developing cylinder
clutch Bk (CL11)
Developing bias AC-Y

Developing bias AC-M

Developing bias AC-C


Developing bias AC-Bk

Developing bias DC-Y

Developing bias DC-M

Developing bias DC-C


Developing bias DC-Bk

Transfer charging-Y

Transfer charging-M

Transfer charging-C
Transfer charging-Bk

Auxiliary charging brush-Y

Auxiliary charging brush-M

Auxiliary charging brush-C

Auxiliary charging brush-Bk

Separation charging
Fixing assembly inlet
sensor (S25)
Internal delivery sensor
(S27)
Delivery flapper solenoid
(SL5)
External delivery sensor
(S28)
Reversing assembly CW
clutch (CL18)
Reversing assembly
CCW clutch (CL17)
Reversing assembly double-
speed clutch (CL15)
Delivery vertical path
sensor (S29)
Duplex double-speed
feeding clutch (CL20)
Duplex unit inlet sensor
(S30)
Re-pickup sensor (S31)

Re-pickup clutch (CL21)


Duplex normal speed
feed clutch (CL19)

A-1R
APPENDIX

Conditions: book mode, non-AE, full color, cassette 1; A4, double-sided

1st side 2nd side


Start key ON Start key ON

RSTBY RINTR SCFW SCRV RSTBY RINTR SCFW SCRV RSTBY

Scanning lamp (FL1)

Scanner motor (M5) CW CCW


Scanner HP sensor
(PS1)
Shading correction
Controlled to 70˚C
Fluorescent heater (H5)
Scanning lamp pre-heating 2.9V 4.35V Controlled to 3 V (approx.)
voltage

Main power
switch OFF

PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY

Fixing main heater (H1) Controlled to 19˚C Controlled to 18˚C

Fixing sub heater (H2)

Pickup main motor (M2)

Delivery main motor (M16)

Pickup solenoid (SL1)

Pickup motor (M1)


Cassette 1 pickup
sensor (S1)
Pickup clutch (CL1)

Vertical path sensor (S11) 2nd side

Vertical path clutch (CL2)

Pre-registration senor (S12)

Registration clutch (CL4)


Transfer belt drive motor 1.0sec
(M15)
Transfer swing clutch
(CL23)
Feed auxiliary roller bias

Drum motor Y (M3)

Drum motor M (M4)

Drum motor C (M5)


Drum motor Bk (M6)
Injection cylinder clutch
Y (CL6)
Injection cylinder clutch
M (CL8)
Injection cylinder clutch
C (CL10)
Injection cylinder clutch
Bk (CL12)
Injection charging AC-Y

Injection charging AC-M

Injection charging AC-C


Injection charging AC-Bk

Injection charging DC-Y

Injection charging DC-M

Injection charging DC-C


Injection charging DC-Bk

Exposure LED-Y

Exposure LED-M

Exposure LED-C

Exposure LED-Bk
Developing cylinder
clutch Y (CL5)
Developing cylinder
clutch M (CL7)
Developing cylinder
clutch C (CL9)
Developing cylinder
clutch Bk (CL11)
Developing bias AC-Y

Developing bias AC-M

Developing bias AC-C


Developing bias AC-Bk

Developing bias DC-Y

Developing bias DC-M

Developing bias DC-C


Developing bias DC-Bk

Transfer charging-Y

Transfer charging-M

Transfer charging-C
Transfer charging-Bk

Auxiliary charging brush-Y

Auxiliary charging brush-M

Auxiliary charging brush-C

Auxiliary charging brush-Bk

Separation charging
Fixing assembly inlet
sensor (S25)
Internal delivery sensor
(S27)
Delivery flapper solenoid
(SL5)
External delivery sensor
(S28)
Reversing assembly CW
clutch (CL18)
Reversing assembly
CCW clutch (CL17)
Reversing assembly double- CCW
speed clutch (CL15)
Delivery vertical path
sensor (S29)
Duplex double-speed
feeding clutch (CL20)
Duplex unit inlet sensor
(S30)
Re-pickup sensor (S31)

Re-pickup clutch (CL21)


Duplex normal speed
feed clutch (CL19)

A-2R
APPENDIX

2 Signals and Abbreviations


2.1 Signals
BLON LCD backlight ON signal
CONT0 Scanner motor current control 0 signal
CONT1 Scanner motor current control 1 signal
CONT2 Scanner motor current control 2 signal
CONT3 Scanner motor current control 3 signal
COVDEC Copyboard cover open/closed signal
CW/CCW Scanner motor rotation direction switch signal
FAN_LOCK Power supply cooling fan locked signal
FL_S Scanning lamp intensity adjustment signal
FL_TH Scanning lamp thermistor signal
FLCLK Scanning lamp locked signal
FLERR Scanning lamp error signal
FLONOUT Scanning lamp ON signal
FLPWM Scanning lamp activation signal
KEY Control key switch signal
M/H Scanner motor drive voltage switch signal
MOVE Scanner motor drive power supply signal
MTCLK Scanner motor drive clock signal
OPPSON Accessories power supply PCB signal
PFANDEC Power supply cooling fan rotation direction signal
PSFANON Power supply cooling fan drive signal
REMOON Power supply cooling fan remote signal
RST Scanner motor reset signal
SCHP Scanner home position signal
SIZE0 Original size 0 signal
SIZE1 Original size 1 signal
SIZE2 Original size 2 signal
SIZE3 Original size 3 signal
SOFSWON Power supply soft switch ON signal
STP0 Scanner motor step 0 signal
STP1 Scanner motor step 1 signal
STP2 Scanner motor step 2 signal
STP3 Scanner motor step 3 signal
YON Pre-heating ON signal
YPWM Pre-heating PWM signal

A-3R
APPENDIX

2.2 Abbreviations
RINTR Reader initial multiple rotation
RSTBY Reader standby
SCFW Scanner forward
SCRV Scanner reverse
WMUP Warm-up

3 Special Tools
See the Printer Handbook.

4 Solvents and Oils


See the Printer Handbook.

A-4R
J501

7
6
5 GND 1
4 DF_RXD 2

7
3 DF_TXD 3

5
N.C.

J1601
2 4

J2022B
1 GND 5

J2022A
MT02

For future use


J2022C
1 2 3 4
Lamp thermistor for

GND
GND

+24V
+24V
original illumination 1
N.C.
(THM) 2 D7 10
FL_TH FL_TH 6 3 D6 9
GND GND 5 4 D5 8
5 D4 7

3 2 1

3 2 1
+38V +38V 4
GND 3 6 GND 6

J2015
J2037
H1

J1610
FL_S 2 7 D3 5
+24V 1 8 D2 4

J2039F

J2039M
9 D1 3
Lamp heater for 10 D0 2
10

121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
11 GND 1
J1653

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112

Flexible cable
original illumination

B11
N.C.

J1603 J1606
MT05 MT03 1 SELIN 11

A11
2 FAULT 10
11

3 INIT 9
J1652

4 AUTFD 8
Lamp for original 5 SELECT 7
MT06 MT04 GND
6 6

1
2
illumination

2
1
GND
+24V
FL_S
7 PE 5
Socket for DIMM 8 BUSY 4
9 ACK 3
J1651

10 STB 2

J2042T
11 GND 1

J2024M J2024F
2
1
J2042MJ2042F

2
1
5 Reader Unit General Timing Diagram

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3

PCB
J2001

Light
intensity
detection
J2038F

J2038M
downloading
connector for
Bi-Centronics

1 (+) 1 1
2 (-) 2 2
5 3 3 3
4

J1003
4 (-) 4 4
3 5 (+) 5 5
2
1

J2018F

J2018M
1 FLPWM 11
J2052

2 GND 10
J2053

3 FLONOUT 9 1 +5V 2 1 +5V 2


4 YPWM 8 2 BLON* 1 2 BLON* 1
2
2
2
2

8
J955

Inverter PCB
J1607

5 YON 7

J1002

1
2
3
4
5
6
6 FLERR* 6
GNDU 7 FLCLK* 5
J2052T

2 1
+38V 8 N.C.
J1802
Backlight PCB

J1001
1 +5V 15 1 +5V 15
13

2 MMIRST 14 2 MMIRST 14
J1602

3 GND 13 3 GND 13
1 GND 13 4 SOFSWON* 12 4 SOFSWON* 12

2
2 DPPSON 12 5 +5V 11 5 +5V 11

J1804
6 CP 10 6 CP 10
7 GND 9 7 GND 9
8 UD0 8 8 UD0 8
9 GND 7 9 GND 7
10 UD1 6 10 UD1 6
11 GND 5 11 GND 5
12 UD2 4 12 UD2 4
DC(-) 13 GND 3 13 GND 3
J2050

1 REMOON 4
14 UD3 2 14 UD3 2
2 GND 3

4
15 GND 1 15 GND 1

J2
PSFANON
Control panel

3 2

J801
A15
A15
J2051 A15
A15

supply PCB
DC(+) 4 PFANDEC 1

5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
J8
J901

J1608

1 GND 15 1 GND 15
B15
B15
B15

2 MMITXD* 14 2 MMITXD* 14
3 GND 13 3 GND 13
4 MMIRXD* 12 4 MMIRXD* 12
5 GND 11 5 GND 11

Accessories power
B15 J2051H

1 MTCLK* 8
J2050T
J2050H

2 GND 7 6 LCDENB 10 6 LCDENB 10


3 CW/CCW* 6 7 GND 9 7 GND 9
8 M 8 8 M 8
Reader controller PCB

4 STEP_ANGLE0* 5
5 STEP_ANGLE1* 4 9 GND 7 9 GND 7
6 GND 3 10 FLM 6 10 FLM 6
7 STEP_ANGLE2* 2 11 GND 5 11 GND 5
BLU 1
8 STEP_ANGLE3* 1 12 LP 4 12 LP 4
RED 2
A8
A8

13 GND 3 13 GND 3
ORG 3 14 +5V 2 14 +5V 2
J302
J303

GRN 4
PM1
J1605

1 RST 8 15 GND 1 15 GND 1


B8
B8

BLK 5 2 MOVE* 7
3 24V/38V 6
Scanner motor

4 GND 5

J2031T
J2031F

J2031M
FAN_LOCK 5 5 I_CONT0* 4
Original scanner

GNDU 4 6 I_CONT1* 3

5
motor driver PCB

+24V I_CONT2*

3 2 1
1 2 3
3 7 2

FM4
8 I_CONT3* 1
J7
J301

8 GND 1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

J2030T
J2030F
7 KEY 2

Power supply cooling fan


switch

J2014

1 +24V 2
J2014T
KSW1

2 GNDU 1
Control key

-12V

+15V
+38V
+38V

+5.2V
GNDR
GNDR
GNDU
GNDU

6 GND 1
5 SIZE<3> 2
size

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
PS6

4 SIZE+5V 3
J2012F
J2012T

J2002F
Original

sensor 4

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

3 GND 1
J2002M

2 SIZE<2> 2
size

PS5

1 SIZE+5V 3
J2011F
J2011T
Original

sensor 3

+5.2V
+5.2V
+5.2V
12 GND 1
A12
size

+5V 11 SIZZE<1> 2
J3
PS4

10 SIZE+5V 3
J2010F

J1609
J2010T
Original

B12
sensor 2

GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
9 GND 1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
size

+5.2V 8 SIZE<0> 2
PS3

7 SIZE+5V 3
J2009F
J2009T

GNDR
Original

sensor 1

+5V
+24V
J1611

GNDU
+38V 6 +5V 1
5 COVDEC 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

GNDU
PS2

+5VA
Reader unit main power supply PCB

+5VA 4 GND 3
Copyboard

GNDA J2007
J4

GNDA
+24V
3 +5V 1
PCB
6 5 4 3 2 1

GNDU
2 FHP 2
J1
PS1

1 GND 3
closed sensor sensor

J1614 J2013
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Noise filter

J506
cover open/ home position

J1101
Original scanner

+5.2V
GNDR
J2036F
J2036M

-12V +5VA
+5VA
1 GND 15 1 GND 15
J502

GNDR GNDA
FT03
FT04

GNDA 2 NF1 14 2 NF1 14


J5

GNDR GNDR 3 NF2 13 3 NF2 13


4 GND 12 4 GND 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+15V +15V
5 NRS 11 5 NRS 11
6 NCP 10 6 NCP 10
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J2017T

+15V
7 GND 9 7 GND 9
(ELCB1)

8 NSP 8 8 NSP 8
15
15

15
15

J507
J101

9 NSH 7 9 NSH 7
10 GND 6 10 GND 6
Leakage breaker

11 GND 5 11 GND 5
FT01
FT02

12 +5<A> 4 12 +5<A> 4
J2017F
J2017M

+38V
13 +5<A> 3 13 +5<A> 3
+38V
14 +12V 2 14 +12V 2
+38V
15 +12V 1 15 +12V 1
+38V
P6
J6

N.C.
1 BE 14
Printer unit

GNDU
GNDU 1 BE 13 2 GND 13
GNDU 2 GND 12 3 BO 12
AP-IP PCB

3 BO 11 4 GND 11
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AC power supply

GNDU
GND

4 GND 10 5 GE 10
J2016T

5 GE 9 6 GND 9
MT09
FN2-5

6 GND 8 7 GO 8
CCD/CCD driver PCB

12
13
14

J503

7
J102

7 GO 8 GND 7
8 GND 6 9 RE 6
P5
P4
P3
P2
P1

9 RE 5 10 GND 5
10 GND 4 11 RO 4
J2016F
13 J2016M

11 RO 3 12 GND 3
12 GND 2 13 N.C. N.C. 2
1
N.C. N.C. 1
CP660 only

P
60

J504
P
60

230V
120V
100V

230V(CA)
230V(UK)
ECO PCB
CP660 only

A-5R
Printer Unit

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND


INSPECTION
1 Periodically Replaced Parts
1
As of May 2000

No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks


1 Air filter FB5-1463 1 300,000 Or, 1 yr.

The above values are estimates only, and are subject to change based on future data.

T01-100-01

1-1P
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

2 Consumables and Durables


2.1 Printer Unit
As of May 2000

No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks


1 Waste toner box FG6-6795 1 50,000
2 Fixing web FB5-1630 1 85,000*
3 Separation charging assembly FG6-4167 1 100,000
4 Transfer blade unit FG6-4159 4 100,000
5 Transfer cleaning blade FB5-1376 1 100,000
6 Feeding auxiliary roller scraper FF5-9244 1 100,000
7 Pickup roller (cassette) FF5-4552 2 120,000 Actual prints made.
8 Feeding roller (cassette) FF5-4552 2 120,000 Actual prints made.
9 Separation roller (cassette) FF5-4634 2 120,000 Actual prints made.
10 Pickup roller (manual feed) FB1-8581 1 120,000 Actual prints made.
11 Separation roller (manual feed) FB5-0873 1 120,000 Actual prints made.
12 Fixing roller FB5-1131 1 150,000
13 Pressure roller FB5-1132/1133 1 150,000
14 Fixing main heater (110 V) FH7-4640 1 150,000
Fixing main heater (120 V) FH7-4642 1 150,000
Fixing main heater (230 V) FH7-4644 1 150,000
15 Fixing sub heater (100 V) FH7-4641 1 150,000
Fixing sub heater (120 V) FH7-4643 1 150,000
Fixing sub heater (230 V) FH7-4645 1 150,000
16 Thermistor FH7-7519 2 150,000
17 Thermal switch FG6-6798 1 150,000
18 Fixing separation claw FB5-1191 6 150,000
19 Transfer belt FB5-3929 1 300,000
20 Belt back scraper FF5-9327 1 300,000
21 Fur brush FB5-1380 1 300,000
(transfer cleaning assembly)

The above values are estimates only, and are subject to change based on future data.

* Applies only when the color print ratio is 60% and when copies made at a copy count of
5 or lower take up 25% of the total.

T01-201-01

1-2P
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

2.2 Cassette Pedestal


As of May 2000

No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks


1 Pickup roller FF5-4552 2 120,000 Actual prints made.
2 Feeding roller FF5-4552 2 120,000 Actual prints made.
3 Separation roller FF5-4634 2 120,000 Actual prints made.

The above values are estimates only, and are subject to change based on future data.

T01-202-01

1-3P
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

3 Scheduled Servicing

1. As a rule, provide scheduled servicing every 50,000 prints.


2. Before setting out on a scheduled visit, check the Service Book, and take
parts for which replacement is expected.

1) Report to the person in charge.


Check the general condition.
2) Record the counter reading.
Check faulty prints.
3) Make test prints in Direct, Reduce, and Enlarge modes; and check the following:
a. Image
b. White background for soiling
c. Characters for clarity
d. Leading edge margin (standard: 2.5 ±1.5 mm in Direct)
e. Left margin (standard: 2.0 ±1.5 mm in Direct)
f. Fixing, registration, back for soiling
4) Perform scheduled servicing according to the number of prints made. (See 4 “Scheduled
Servicing Chart.”)
5) Clean any soiled areas inside the machine.
6) Make test prints.

1-4P
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

7) Push the test button of the leakage breaker, and check to make sure that the open/close
lever shifts to the OFF side.
After the check, turn off the power switch, and shift the lever to the ON side; thereafter,
turn on the power switch.
If the lever fails to shift to the OFF side, replace the leakage breaker. Then, check the
operation of the breaker.

Open/close lever

Test button

F01-300-01

8) Put the sample prints into order, and clean up the area around the machine.
9) Record the final counter reading.
10) Fill out the Service Book, and report to the person in charge.
Be sue to record the check on the leakage breaker in the history column of the Service
Book.

1-5P
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

4 Scheduled Servicing Chart

Do not use solvents or oils other than those indicated.

: Clean : Replace : Lubricate : Adjust : Inspect

As of May 2000

Maintenance intervals
Unit Part Every Every Every Every Others Remarks
50,000 100,000 150,000 300,000
Inside cover Air filter Or, 1 yr.
(left lower)
Exposure assem- Exposure LED As needed; when replac-
bly ing drum unit.
Transfer assem- Transfer belt drive When replacing transfer
bly roller (1 pc.) belt.
Transfer belt slave When replacing transfer
roller (3 pc.) belt.
Feeding auxiliary When replacing transfer
roller (lower) belt.
Transfer belt HP When replacing transfer
sensor belt.
Pickup/feeding Feeding auxiliary
assembly roller
Scraper
Manual feeding When replacing manual
roller (upper) feed pickup roller.
Fixing/delivery Fixing assembly
assembly inlet guide
Delivery separa-
tion claw
Thermistor (main/ When replacing fixing
sub) roller.
Thermal switch When replacing fixing
roller.

T01-400-01

1-6P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND


ADJUSTMENTS
1 Adjusting the Image Position
1.1 Standards for Image Position
The image margin/non-image margin must be as follows in prints made in Direct.

2.5 ± 1.0mm
(2nd side of
double-sided copy:
2.0 ± 1.5 mm)
2
2.5 ± 1.5mm
(2nd side of double-sided copy: 2.5 ± 2.0 mm)
0

4
5
6

0 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 8

10

F02-101-01 Leading Edge Non-Image F02-101-02 Left/Right Non-Image Width


Width
2.0 ± 1.0mm
(2nd side of
double-sided copy:
2.5 ± 2.0 mm)
2.5 ± 1.5mm
(2nd side of double-sided copy: 2.5 ± 2.0 mm)
0

4
5
6

8
0 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 10

F02-101-03 Leading Edge Margin F02-101-04 Left/Right Margin

2-1P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1.2 Checking the Position of the Image


Make 10 prints each from the following sources of paper, and check the output to see if
the image margin and the non-image width are as specified:
[1] Cassettes
[2] Manual feed tray
[3] Side paper deck
[4] Duplex unit
If they are not as specified, adjust the image position by performing the following in se-
quence:
1. Left/right image margin adjustment (adjusting the horizontal registration)
2. Leading edge image margin adjustment (adjusting the image write start position to the
LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction)
3. Left/right non-image width (adjusting the image mask area to the LED exposure unit
in main scanning direction)
4. Leading edge non-image width (adjusting the image mask area to the LED exposure
unit in sub scanning direction)

2-2P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1.3 Adjusting the Left/Right Image Margin


a. Cassette
1) Remove the cassette.
2) Remove the right cover L.
3) For the horizontal registration assembly [1] of the cassette to adjust, insert a screwdriver
through the hole [2] in the right side plate; then, loosen the fixing screw [3].
4) Turn the adjusting screw [4] until the standards are attained; then, secure it in place with
the fixing screw [3]. (The adjusting screw [4] is glued in place.)
5) Turn the adjusting screw [4] clockwise to secure it in place temporarily.

[1]

[2]

[1]

F02-103-01

2-3P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

• Be sure to make adjustments so that the inside of the marking L on the ad-
justing plate [5] and the index match.
• Take care when performing step 5). Tightening the adjusting screw [4] ex-
cessively can deform the metal plate.

[4]
[3]

(+) (-)
[5]
(front) (rear)

F02-103-02

2-4P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

b. Manual Feed Tray


Loosen the two screws [1], and move the slide guide to make adjustments.

[1]

F02-103-03

c. Side Paper Deck


1) Slide out the compartment, and adjust the position of the latch plate [1] of the compart-
ment open solenoid (SL102) by means of the two screws [2]. (At this time, use the index
[3] on the latch plate as a reference.)

[1] [3] [2]

(left rear of the compartment)

F02-103-04

2-5P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

d. Duplex Unit
Loosen the adjusting screw [1], and make adjustments. (A shift over a single index will
cause a change of about 1 mm.)
• To move the paper toward the rear, shift it to the left.
• To move the paper toward the front, shift it to the right.

[1]

Left Right

F02-103-05

2-6P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1.4 Adjusting the Leading Edge Margin


Adjust the margin by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image write start
position to the LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction; an increase of ‘10’ will in-
crease the margin by 0.5 mm): COPIER/PRINTER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-VSYNC/
AD-V-OHP/AD-V-SP/AD-V-THC.

1.5 Adjusting the Left/Right Non-Image Width


Adjust the non-image width by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image
mask area to the LED exposure unit in main scanning direction; a change of ‘10’ will in-
crease the non-image width by 0.5 mm).

1.6 Leading Edge Non-Image Width


Adjust the non-image width by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image
mask area to the LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction; an increase by ‘10’ will in-
crease the non-image width by 0.5 mm).

2-7P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2 Image Formation System-Related Adjustments


2.1 Points to Note When Handling the Drum Unit
• When taking the drum unit out of the machine, be sure to hold it by its two grips; take
care not to impose force large enough to deform it.
• Take care not to force down the shutter surface at the center of the top of the unit; other-
wise, the shutter will warp to come into contact with the drum surface.
• Take care not to damage the drum surface after taking the drum unit out of the machine.
(The bottom of the drum is not protected by a shutter). When placing it on the floor, in
particular, check to make sure that the floor surface is flat and is free of foreign matter;
further, lay a sheet of paper underneath.
• Do not place the drum unit near a window, to avoid direct rays of the sun.
• Do not rotate the injection cylinder or the developing cylinder in the wrong direction;
otherwise, the agent inside will leak.
• Do not clean the drum. (Wiping its surface layer can trigger image faults.)

2.2 After Replacing the Drum Unit


1) Mount the new drum unit; then, assemble the printer unit to its original state.
2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
3) Execute idle rotation of the developing assembly in service mode:
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-Y/M/C/K.
4) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

2-8P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.3 After Replacing the Transfer Belt


1) Mount the new transfer belt; then, assemble the printer unit to its initial state.
2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
3) Make the following selections in service mode:
COPIER>ADJUST>MISC>TRAREA_1.
4) Enter the values on the bar code label (shown next) that comes with the new transfer belt
using the keypad, and press the OK key.

F02-203-01

5) Enter the values for TRAREA_2 through 8 in the same way, and press the OK key.
6) Record the eight values on the service label.
7) Attach the bar code label to the service label. As needed, record the date of replacement
and the counter reading on the bar code label.

2-9P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3 Pickup/Feed System-Related Adjustments


3.1 Attaching the Timing Belt for the Manual Feed Tray Assem-
bly
Remove the timing belt from the manual feed tray assembly, and perform the following:
1) Adjust the slide guide to the maximum paper width, and check to make sure that the
rack [1] is as indicated.
2) Move the protrusion [2] of the manual feed paper width sensor (S46) in the direction
of the arrow until it stops.
3) Mount the timing belt and the parts as shown.

For the protrusion [2] of the manual feed paper width sensor (S46) and the
belt lock plate [2], be sure that there will be a gap in section A when the
slide guide is moved.

[1] [3] [1]

[2]

[3] [2]

A A

F02-301-01

4) Make the adjustments under “3.2 Executing Paper Width Reference Point Auto Adjust-
ment of the Manual Feed Tray.”

2-10P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3.2 Executing Paper Width Reference Point Auto Adjustment


for the Manual Feed Tray
FUNCTION>CST>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4)
<Making Adjustments>
1) Place A4R paper on the manual feed tray, and adjust the slide guide to the paper width.
2) Start service mode, and make the following selections: FUNCTION>CST>MF-A4R (to
highlight); then, press the OK key.
3) For A6R and A4, perform the same to register the appropriate reference points,

To make fine adjustments after auto adjustment, use the following:


ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4).
REF.

3.3 Adjusting the Paper Width Basic Value for the Manual Feed
Tray
ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4)
Perform the following if fine adjustment is needed after “3.2 Executing Paper Width Ref-
erence Point Auto Adjustment for the Manual Feed Tray.”
<Making Adjustments>
1) Start service mode, and make the following selections: ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4R
(to highlight).
2) Enter the appropriate value using the keypad, and press the OK key.
3) For A6R and A4, perform the same to make fine adjustments.

2-11P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4 Fixing System-Related Adjustments


4.1 When Replacing the Web
■ If the web has been replaced in response to ‘E005’,
1) Mount the new web, and assemble the printer unit to its initial state.
2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch. (At this point, ‘E005’ will
turn on.)
3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/
PRINTER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR; then, press the OK key.
4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/
PRINTER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB; then, press the OK key.
5) Turn off and then on the main power switch.

■ If the web has been replaced NOT in response to ‘E005’,


1) Mount the new web, and assemble the printer unit to its initial state.
2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
3) Make the following selections: COPIER/PRINTER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB;
then, press the OK key.
4) Turn off and then on the main power switch.

2-12P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4.2 Adjusting the Nip


■ Checking the Nip
1) When the machine has entered standby state (i.e., the Start key glows green), wait for 15
min.
2) Make 20 A4 copies.
(Let the sheets move under the fixing roller and the pressure roller so that the surface of
each roller is coated with oil.)
3) Place A3 copy paper in the machine’s lower cassette.
4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>FUNCTION>FIXING>NIP-
CHK; then, press the OK key. (The A3 copy paper will be picked up.)
5) Check the nip of the image on the output. (See the diagram below.)

15mm
A

Nip width
(shiny part)

6.5mm±0.5

B
15mm

F02-402-01

• The nip width at the middle must be 6.5 ±0.5 mm.


• The difference in nip width in relation to the points 15 mm from the edges of the im-
age (areas A and B) must be 1.0 mm or less.

2-13P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

If the difference in nip width is 1.0 mm or more,


Making Adjustments: Adjust the smaller of the two by turning the pressure adjusting
screw. (See the figure below; tightening the screw will increase the
pressure and, therefore, the nip.)

F02-402-02

2-14P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4.3 Removing the Skew


■ Checking the Degree of Skew
1) Check the degree of nip first.
2) Check the following areas of the image on the output.
• The difference between points 15 mm from both edges of the image (areas C and D)
must be 1.0 mm or less. (See the figure below.)

15mm
C

Edge of the image


(NOT the edge of
the paper).

D
15mm

F02-403-01

2-15P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3) Turn the pressure adjusting screws on the sides to make adjustments.


Making Adjustments: Tighten the pressure adjusting screw for the larger of the two (area
C or D; tightening the screw will increase the roller pressure and
the speed and, ultimately, will decrease the skew).

F02-403-02

4.4 When Replacing the Fixing Roller


1) Mount the new upper fixing roller; then, put the printer unit back into its initial condi-
tion.
2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/PRINTER>COUNTER>FX-
UP-RL; then, press the Clear key on the control panel.
4) Turn off and then on the main power switch.
5) Check the nip and the skew. (See 4.2 and 4.3.)

2-16P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5 LED Exposure Unit-Related Adjustments


5.1 Points to Note When Handling the LED Exposure Unit
• Before holding the LED exposure unit, be sure to put on a strap (CK-0534-000)
grounded to the printer unit.
• The LED exposure unit contains parts mounted with an extremely high accuracy; be
sure to take care not to impose force to its parts.
• When holding the LED exposure unit, be sure to pick both edges of the aluminum sub-
strate; do NOT touch the lens surface or the aluminum base on which lenses are
mounted. (Contact with a hand can cause image faults regardless of the presence of oils
or stains.)

If you have no other choice (as when


mounting the unit to the machine),
you may lightly pick this area.

Aluminum substrate Aluminum substrate

Lens surface Lens base (aluminum)

F02-501-01 Holding the LED Exposure Unit

• Unless the lens surface is apparently soiled and image faults (light image, uneven den-
sity) occur as a result, do NOT clean the lens surface.

2-17P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5.2 Points to Note When Mounting the LED Exposure Unit


• When mounting the LED exposure unit to the mounting pin on the machine, check to
make sure that the pin and the LED exposure unit are free of dust and foreign matter.
• Check to make sure that the LED exposure unit is secured fully to the bottom of the
mounting pin.

5.3 After Replacing the LED Exposure Unit


1) Replace the LED exposure unit, and assemble the machine to its initial state.
2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
3) Execute head shading in user mode.

5.4 Cleaning the LED Exposure Unit (if image faults, e.g., light
images, uneven images, occur as the result of dirt on the
lens surface)
1) Clean with a cleaning bar as follows:
■ Open the front cover, and pull the cleaning bar until it stops; then, push it back in. Re-
peat this four to five times.

2) If no improvement is noted, remove the LED exposure unit, and clean as follows:
■ If the dirt is on the LED exposure unit or the lens surface, dry wipe with lint-free paper.
If the dirt is excessive, moisten the lint-free paper with an appropriate amount of alco-
hol.

2-18P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

6 Adjusting Other Electric Parts


6.1 When Replacing the System Controller PCB
1) Open the printer unit front cover.
2) Check to make sure that all items identified by “S” on the service label attached to the
front cover carry values; otherwise, start service mode, and copy the missing values.
3) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.
4) Remove the problem system controller PCB.
5) Mount the new system controller PCB.
6) Detach the DIM ROM, image memory, and sub PCBs from the system controller PCB;
then, mount them to the new system controller PCB.

DIMM ROM Image memory Sub PCB


85 167
J223 J220 J215 J214 86 168
1 J205 83
9 1 11 1 1 5 1 4 2 84

A2
A1
B2
B1
A19
A20

10 2 10 2 85 167
B2
B1

SW1 86 168
ON 1 J206 83

J201
8 1 2 84
J224

85 167
86 168
1 J207 83
2 A1 A33 84

A16
A15
B16
B15
B20
B19
A1
A2

LED1 A2
B1 J210 A34
B33
B2 B34

A2
A1
B2
B1
J225
1
2

1
5
6

J226
1

J202
2

J222

A1 A33
A2 A34
B1 J211 B33 5 1
J228
A13
A14

B2 B34 6 2
B1
B2

A50 A2 1 4
J227

A49 A1
J208 J203
1
2

B50 B2
J219

B49 B1

A16
A15
B16
B15
B13
B14
A1
A2

72

LED2 2 8
1 J218 7
D32 D1
5
6

2
J229 10 2
J213
10 C32 J209 C1 J204
1 9 1 11 B32 B1
A32 A1 12 1

F02-601-01 (top view of the board)

If replaced, the version of the DIM ROM may prove to be incompatible; be


sure to upgrade the DIM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controller
PCB, and system controller PCB.

7) Assemble the machine to its initial state.


8) Connect the power plug, and turn on the power switch.
9) Execute the following: FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON. (Upon execution, the power will
automatically turn off.)
10) Turn on the main power supply.
11) Enter all items identified by “S” on the service label.
12) Close the printer unit front cover.

2-19P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

6.2 When Replacing the DC Controller PCB


1) Open the printer unit front cover.
2) Check to make sure that all items identified by “D” on the service label attached to the
front cover carry values; otherwise, start service mode, and copy the missing values.
3) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.
4) Remove the problem DC controller PCB.
5) Mount the new DC controller PCB.
6) Detach the DIMM ROM from the problem DC controller PCB, and mount it to the new
DC controller PCB.

1 7 1 6 1 7 1 6 1 7 1 5 1 8 1 10
5 1
J111 J110 J109 J108 J106 J105 J104 J103 J102
J107 1 2
14 8 12 7 14 8 12 7 6 2

A2
A1
B2
B1
15 1 1 3 11 1 19 1 1 6 13 1 7 1 1 3
J119 J117 J116 J115 J114 J113
16 2 10 2 20 2 12 2 6 2
J118 J112
LED2
A19
A20
B2
B1

1 2 7 1 5 1 9 1 LED1
1 8 J122 J121 J120

J101
J124 J123
8 2 6 2 8 2
J125
B20
B19
A1
A2

VR4 VR1

A40
A39
B40
B39
B34 B2

SW1
B33 B1
A34 J126 A2
DIMM ROM A33 A1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
J127
7
1

ON
B34 B2
B33 B1
A34 J128 A2
J130

A33 A1
1
J129
5
72

A16 A2 1 23 A20 A2 A20 A2


2 6 A19 A1 A19 A1
A15 A1
LED3 J135 B16 J134 B2 J133 B1 J132 B19 B1 J131 B19
B15 B1 B2 B20 B2 B20
1 5 2 24

F02-602-01 (top view of the board)

If replaced, the version of the DIM ROM may prove to be incompatible; be


sure to upgrade the DIM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controller
PCB, and system controller PCB.

2-20P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

7) Assemble the printer unit to its initial state.


8) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
9) Execute the following in service mode: FUNCTION>CLEAR>DC-CON. (Upon
completion, the power will automatically turn off.)
10) Turn on the main power.
11) Enter all items indicated by “D” on the service label.
12) Close the printer unit front cover.
13) Correct color displacement in user mode.

2-21P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

6.3 Checking the Environment Measurement PCB


The environment measurement PCB and the environment sensor are checked using the
environment measurement PCB checking tool (TKN-0457) and the environment sensor cali-
brating tool (TKN-0456).

a. Checking the Environment Measurement PCB


1) Turn off the main power switch.
2) Remove the manual feed inside cover.
3) Detach the environment sensor from the environment measurement PCB; in its place, fit
the environment measurement PCB checking tool (TKN-0457).
4) Turn on the main power switch.
5) Set the meter range to 30 VDC, and check to see that the voltage between J1-1 (+) and
J1-2 (-) of the environment measurement PCB is 24 ± 2.4 V.
If not, check the connector for connection; if normal, suspect a fault in the DC controller
PCB.
6) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.
7) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen.
TEMP: 25 ± 5°C
HUM: 40 ± 10%
8) Check to see if the readings are as indicated. If so, go to step 14).
9) Press the Reset key to end service mode, and turn off the main power switch.
10) Disconnect J1 of the environment measurement PCB.
11) Turn on the main power switch, make the following selections in service mode:
COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.
12) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen.
TEMP: 25 ± 5°C
HUM: 40 ± 10%
13) Check to see that the readings are as indicated.

If the readings are not as indicated, suspect a fault in the DC controller


PCB.
Memo

14) Press the Reset key to end service mode.


15) Turn off the main power switch.
16) Connect J1 to the environment measurement PCB.
17) Detach the environment measurement PCB checking tool from the environment mea-
surement PCB; then, mount the environment sensor.
18) Mount all covers.

2-22P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

b. Checking the Environment Sensor


1) Check the environment measurement PCB.
2) Turn on the main power switch, and leave it alone for 5 min.
3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.
4) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen, and take notes:
TEMP: °C (data A1)
HUM: % (data A2)
5) Press the Rest key to end service mode; then, turn off the main power switch.
6) Detach the environment sensor from the environment measurement PCB; in its place, fit
the environment sensor calibrating tool (TKN-0456).
7) Turn on the main power switch, and leave it alone for 5 min.
8) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.
9) On the ANALOG screen, check the temperature and humidity; then, take notes of them:
TEMP: °C (data B1)
HUM: % (data B2)
10) Compare data A and data B.
• difference between data A1 and data B1 is 0 ± 5
• difference between data A2 and data B2 is 0 ± 20
If the difference between data A and data B is not as indicated, replace the environment
sensor.
11) Press the Reset key to end service mode; then, turn off the main power switch.
12) Detach the environment sensor calibrating tool from the environment measurement
PCB; then, mount the environment sensor.
13) Attach all covers.

The environment sensor calibrating tool (TKN-0456) is adjusted at the fac-


tory. Be sure to store it in an air-tight container with a drying agent.

2-23P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

6.4 Checking the Photointerrupters


The machine allows checking its photointerrupters by means of a conventional meter or
its service mode.

a. Using a Meter
1) Set the meter range to 30 VDC.
2) Connect the (-) probe of the meter to any of the following:
DC controller PCB: J102-8 (GND)
Serial driver PCB: J317-4 (GND)
Duplex driver PCB: J505-4 (GND)
Pedestal controller PCB: J650-3 (GND)
3) Connect the (+) probe to the terminals indicated (in tables that follow).
4) Make checks as instructed.

b. Using Service Mode


1) Start service mode, and select I/O.
2) Display the I/O address to check, and make a check as instructed.

<Guide to the Connector No. in the Tables>


[1] DC controller PCB [3] Duplex driver PCB
[2] Serial driver PCB [4] Pedestal controller PCB

Sensor Connector No. Checks I/O Voltage


I/O address display reading
S3 [2]>J302-10 Slide out cassette 1, and Paper Present 0 0V
Cassette 1 paper DC-CON>P002-4 move the sensor flag by Absent 1 5V
sensor hand.
S4 [2]>J302-11 Slide out the cassette 2, Paper Present 0 0V
Cassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-0 and move the sensor flag Absent 1 5V
sensor by hand.
S5 [2]>J302-13 Place paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 1 level DC-CON>P002-6 high) in cassette 1. Absent 0 0V
H sensor
S6 [2]>J302-14 Place paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette paper DC-CON>P002-5 high) in cassette 1. Absent 0 0V
level L sensor
S7 [2]>J302-15 Place paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-2 high) in cassette 2. Absent 0 0V
level H sensor
S8 [2]>J302-16 Place paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-1 high) in cassette 2. Absent 0 0V
level L sensor
S9 [2]>J302-17 Slide out cassette 1, and Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 1 DC-CON>P002-7 move the sensor flag using Absent 0 0V
pickup sensor paper or the like.

2-24P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Sensor Connector No. Checks I/O Voltage


I/O address display reading
S10 [2]>J302-18 Slide out cassette 2, and Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 2 DC-CON>P002-10 move the sensor flag using Absent 0 0V
pickup sensor paper or the like.
S11 [2]>J318-6 Open the right cover, and Paper Present 0 5V
Vertical path DC-CON>P001-4 move the sensor flag by Absent 1 0V
sensor hand.
S12 [2]>J319-2 Open the right cover, and Paper Present 1 5V
Pre-registration DC-CON>P001-3 put paper over the sensor. Absent 0 0V
sensor
S13 [1]>J119-5 Open the manual feed tray, Paper Present 1 5V
Transparency DC-CON>P009-5 and put paper over the Absent 0 0V
sensor, front sensor.
S14 [1]>J119-8 Open the manual feed tray, Paper Present 1 5V
Transparency DC-CON>P009-6 and put paper over the Absent 0 0V
sensor, rear sensor.
S15 [2]>J319-5 Put paper on the manual Paper Present 0 5V
Manual feed DC-CON>P001-5 feed tray. Absent 1 0V
paper sensor
S24 [2]>J313-2 Open the delivery assembly Web Present 1 5V
Web length DC-CON>P007-6 cover, and move the sensor Short 0 0V
sensor flag using paper or the like.
S25 [2]>J311-2 Open the fixing assembly, Paper Present 1 5V
Fixing assembly DC-CON>P007-0 and secure the sensor flag Absent 0 0V
inlet sensor in place; then, close the
fixing assembly.
S26 [2]>J311-5 Open the front cover. Fixing Up 0 0V
Fixing assembly DC-CON>P007-5 Slide out the transfer unit, assemb- Down 1 5V
inlet arch sensor and move the fixing ly inlet
assembly inlet guide by guide
hand.
S27 [1]>J311-8 Open the delivery assembly Light- Present 1 5V
Inside delivery DC-CON>P007-1 cover, and block the sensor. blocking Absent 0 0V
sensor plate
S28 (face-down [2]>J309-7 Release the face-down Paper Present 1 5V
delivery unit) DC-CON>P007-2 delivery unit, and open Absent 0 0V
Outside delivery the face-down delivery
sensor unit cover; then, move the
sensor flag by hand.
S29 (face-down [2]>J309-4 Release the face-down Paper Present 1 5V
delivery unit) DC-CON>P007-3 delivery unit, and open Absent 0 0V
Delivery vertical the face-down delivery
path sensor unit cover; then, move
the sensor flag by hand.
S30 (duplex unit) [3]>J503-2 Release the face-down Paper Present 0 5V
Duplex unit DC-CON>P008-1 delivery unit, and put paper Absent 1 0V
inlet sensor over the sensor.

2-25P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Sensor Connector No. Checks I/O Voltage


I/O address display reading
S31 (duplex unit) [3]>J502-A4 Open the front cover, and Paper Present 1 5V
Re-pickup sensor DC-CON>P008-0 put paper over the sensor. Absent 0 0V
S33 (duplex unit) [3]>J503-5 Release the face-down Paper Present 1 5V
Duplex unit DC-CON>P008-2 delivery unit, and put paper Absent 0 0V
lower sensor over the sensor.
S36 [4]>J655-10 Slide out the cassette 3, Paper Present 0 0V
Cassette 3 paper DC-CON>P019-0 and move the sensor flag Absent 1 5V
sensor by hand.
S37 [4]>J655-11 Slide out cassette 4, and Paper Present 0 0V
Cassette 4 paper DC-CON>P019-1 move the sensor flag by Absent 1 5V
sensor hand.
S38 [4]>J655-14 Put paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 3 paper DC-CON>P019-5 high) in cassette 3. Absent 0 0V
level H sensor
S39 [4]>J655-13 Put paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 3 paper DC-CON>P019-4 high) in cassette 3. Absent 0 0V
level L sensor
S40 [4]>J655-16 Put paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 4 paper DC-CON>P019-7 high) in cassette 4. Absent 0 0V
level H sensor
S41 [4]>J655-15 Put paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 4 paper DC-CON>P019-6 high) in cassette 4. Absent 0 0V
level L sensor
S42 [4]>J655-17 Slide out cassette 3, and Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 3 DC-CON>P020-6 move the sensor flag by Absent 0 0V
pickup sensor hand.
S43 [4]>J655-18 Slide out cassette 4, and Paper Present 1 5V
Cassette 4 DC-CON>P020-7 move the sensor flag by Absent 0 0V
pickup sensor hand.
S44 [4]>J655-12 Open the right lower cover, Paper Present 1 5V
Vertical path DC-CON>P018-5 and move the sensor flag Absent 0 0V
paper sensor by hand.
S45 [4]>J656-2 Open/close the right lower Right Closed 1 5V
Right door open/ DC-CON>P018-6 cover. lower Open 0 0V
closed sensor cover
S51 [1]>J114-11 Open/close the front cover, Light- Present 0 5V
Transfer belt DC-CON>P014-7 and drive the transfer belt. blocking Absent 1 0V
sensor plate
S52 [2]>J318-12 Remove the manual feed Light- Present 1 5V
Post-registration DC-CON>P003-3 cover, and move the sensor blocking Absent 0 0V
sensor flag using paper or the like. plate
S55 [2]>J318-9 Open/close the right cover. Right Open 0 5V
Vertical path DC-CON>P001-0 cover Closed 1 0V
door open/closed
sensor

2-26P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Sensor Connector No. Checks I/O Voltage


I/O address display reading
S56 (face-down [2]>J304-10 Light- Present 0 5V
delivery unit) DC-CON>P007-4 blocking Absent 1 0V
Face-down plate
delivery unit
release sensor
WTS2 [2]>J315-2 Remove the waste toner Light- Present 0 0V
Waste toner DC-CON>P003-2 box. blocking Absent 1 5V
sensor plate
(light-receiving
element)

2-27P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

7 Upgrading
The machine may be upgraded by either of the following two methods:
[1] By replacing the DIMM on the system controller PCB or the DC controller PCB.
[2] By upgrading the DIMM contents through downloading from a PC.

7.1 Replacing the DIMM


The DIMMs are located as shown in the following:

DC controller
PCB

System controller
PCB

DIMM

DIMM

F02-701-01

2-28P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

7.1.1 Removing the DIMM


1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.
2) Remove the four screws, and detach the face cover from the rear cover.

Face cover

Screws

F02-701-02

2-29P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3) Remove the two screws, and detach the DIMM cover for the DIMM to replace.

DIMM cover
(DC controller PCB)

Screws

DIMM cover
(system controller PCB)
Screws

F02-701-03

2-30P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4) While spreading the claws of the slots , lift the DIMM to detach.

DIMM
(system controller PCB)
DIMM
(DC controller PCB)

F02-701-04

F02-701-05

2-31P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

7.1.2 Mounting the DIMM of the System Controller PCB and the DC Control-
ler PCB
1) Fit the DIMM into the slot at an angle, and shift it down.

F02-701-06 F02-701-07

The DIMM can break. Do not impose excess force.

After replacing the DIMM,


1. Clear the RAM (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON or DC-CON).
REF.
2. Enter all settings indicated by “S” or “D” on the service label.
3. Execute color displacement correction in user mode (only if the RAM on
the DC controller PCB has been executed).

If you are replacing the DIMM ROM with a new one, be sure to upgrade
the DIMM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and sys-
tem controller PCB to make sure that the versions will match.

2-32P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

7.2 Downloading
7.2.1 Items to Prepare
• PC (with the Copier Support Tool installed)
• Bi-Centronics cable (with the notation IEEE 1284Std-compliant)

7.2.2 Downloading Procedure


a. Making Connections
1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.
2) Open the manual feed tray, and detach the manual feed cover.
3) Connect the downloading connector suited to the PCB in question and the PC using a
bi-Centronics cable.
• At this time, the PC must remain off.
• Connect the 25-pin connector of the bi-Centronics cable to the PC and its 36-pin
connector to the printer unit.
4) Slide the download switch of the PCB in question to the LOAD position.

Download connector Download switch


(for DC controller PCB) (for system controller PCB)

Download switch Download connector


(for DC controller PCB) (for system controller PCB)

F02-702-01

2-33P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5) Turn on the PC, and start up the Copier Service Support Tool.
6) Connect the power plug of the printer unit to the power outlet, and turn on the main
power switch.
Power lamp: ON
Control panel display: OFF

b. Executing Downloading
1) Select ‘To Main Menu’ from the startup messages of the Copier Service Support Tool.
2) Select ‘Next’ under ‘Download/Upload’.

F02-702-02

2-34P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3) Select the PCB in question, and click ‘Start to Connect’.


S-CON: DIMM for system controller PCB
DC-CON: DIMM for DC controller PCB
4) Download the data for the flash ROM by going through the instructions appearing on
the PC screen.

Do not turn off the machine or the PC during downloading; such could put
the DIMM out of order, rendering it unusable.

5) When downloading has ended, turn off the PC as follows:


‘OK’→‘Return to Main Menu’→‘End Copier Service Support Tool’→‘End’

c. After Downloading
1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.
2) Disconnect the bi-Centronics cable from the printer unit.
3) Slide the download switch to the COPY position.

Download switch Download switch


(for DC controller PCB) (for system controller PCB)

← COPY
→ LOAD

← COPY
→ LOAD
Download connector Download connector
(for DC controller PCB) (for system controller PCB)

F02-702-03

2-35P
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

4) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch.
5) Start service mode, and check the ROM version.
• COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION>S-CON or DC-CON
6) After the check, attach the manual feed cover.

After upgrading work, be sure to perform the following:


1. Execute RAM clear (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON or DC-
REF.
CON).
2. Enter all settings indicated by “S” or “D” on the service label.
3. Execute color displacement in user mode (only if the RAM on the DC
controller PCB has been cleared).

If you are upgrading the DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMM ROM
of the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and system controller
PCB so that all versions will match.

2-36P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND


FUNCTIONS OF
ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-1P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

1 Sensors

S46

S15

S50 S14 S12


S49 S13

S3 S5 S9
S6 S10
S4 S7
S28 S8
S56 S51

S29 WTS1
WTS2

S1

S2

F03-100-01

Notation Name Notation Name


S1 Cassette 1 size sensor S15 Manual feed tray paper sensor
S2 Cassette 2 size sensor S28 Eternal delivery sensor*1
S3 Cassette 1 paper sensor S29 Delivery vertical path sensor*1
S4 Cassette 2 paper sensor S46 Manual feed tray width sensor
S5 Cassette 1 paper level H sensor S49 Transfer swing sensor 1
S6 Cassette 1 paper level L sensor S50 Transfer swing sensor 2
S7 Cassette 2 paper level H sensor S51 Transfer belt sensor
S8 Cassette 2 paper level L sensor S56 Face-down delivery unit release
S9 Cassette 1 pickup sensor sensor
S10 Cassette 2 pickup sensor WTS1 Waste toner sensor (light-emit-
S12 Pre-registration sensor ting segment)
S13 Transparency sensor, front WTS2 Waste toner sensor (light-receiv-
S14 Transparency sensor, rear ing segment)
*1: Face-down delivery unit.

T03-100-01

3-2P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

S47

S48
S52
S55
S11

S32
S24
S25 S31
S26

S27
S30

S33

F03-100-02

Notation Name Notation Name


S11 Vertical path sensor S32 Side registration sensor*1
S24 Web length sensor S33 Duplex unit lower senor*1
S25 Fixing assembly inlet sensor S47 Temperature sensor
S26 Fixing assembly inlet loop sensor S48 Humidity sensor
S27 Internal delivery sensor S52 Post-registration sensor
S30 Duplex unit inlet sensor*1 S55 Vertical path door open/closed
S31 Re-pickup sensor*1 sensor
*1: Duplex unit.

T03-100-02

3-3P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

S20
S21
S22
S23
S16
S17
S18
S19

F03-100-03

Notation Name Notation Name


S16 ATR sensor Y S20 Toner level sensor Y
S17 ATR sensor M S21 Toner level sensor M
S18 ATR sensor C S22 Toner level sensor C
S19 ATR sensor Bk S23 Toner level sensor Bk

T03-100-03

3-4P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

2 Thermistor, Lamps, and Heaters

3-5P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

LCD

SW6 SW5

TP3

H6
RL1 H7

SSR1

H3

SW1
ELCB1

SW2
100/120V 220/240V
LF

TH1
CB1
TP1
SW3
H1 TH2
H2

SW4

SSR2 RL3

RL2

F03-200-01

3-6P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Notation Name Notation Name


CB1 Circuit breaker SW1 Main power switch
ELCB1 Leakage breaker SW2 Power save switch
H1 Fixing main heater SW3 Front door switch
H2 Fixing sub heater SW4 Transfer noise switch
H3 Cassette heater (accessory) SW5 Fixing assembly door switch
H6 Environment heater 1 SW6 Face-down interlock switch
H7 Environment heater 2 TH1 Main thermistor
LCD Touch panel display TH2 Sub thermistor
LF Noise filter TP1 Fixing heater thermal switch
RL1 AC relay TP3 Environment heater 1 thermal
RL2 DC relay switch
RL3 Environment heater relay (230 V) TP4 Environment heater 2 thermal
SSR Fixing heater SSR switch
SSR2 Environment heater SSR

T03-200-01

3-7P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3 Clutches and Solenoids

CL5 CL4
CL7
CL9
CL6 CL2
CL11
CL8
CL10 CL21
CL16 CL19
CL12
CL17

CL15 CL20
CL18

SL5

SL2
CL23 CL3
CL13

CL14 CL22
SL4 CL1

SL1

F03-300-01

3-8P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Notation Name Notation Name


CL1 Pickup clutch CL17 Reversing assembly CCW
CL2 Vertical path clutch clutch*2
CL3 Manual feed clutch CL18 Reversing assembly CW
CL4 Registration clutch clutch*2
CL5 Developing cylinder clutch Y CL19 Duplex normal speed feed
CL6 Injection cylinder clutch Y clutch*1
CL7 Developing cylinder clutch M CL20 Duplex double-speed feed
CL8 Injection cylinder clutch H M clutch*1
CL9 Developing cylinder clutch C CL21 Re-pickup clutch*1
CL10 Injection cylinder clutch C CL22 Fixing high-speed clutch
CL11 Developing cylinder clutch Bk CL23 Transfer swing clutch
CL12 Injection cylinder clutch Bk SL01 Pickup solenoid
CL13 Pickup high-speed clutch SL02 Feed holding plate locking sole-
CL14 Fixing clutch noid
CL15 Reversing assembly double-speed SL04 Web solenoid
clutch*2 SL05 Delivery flapper solenoid*2
CL16 External delivery double-speed
clutch*2
*1: Duplex unit.
*2: Face-down delivery unit.

T03-300-01

3-9P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

4 Fans

FM10
FM2
FM1
FM4
FM6

FM7
FM13

F03-400-01

3-10P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Notation Name Notation Name


FM1 Fixing fan FM7 De-curling fan*2
FM2 Delivery fan*1 FM10 Kit drive cooling fan
FM4 Machine cooling fan FM13 Transfer motor cooling fan
FM6 Power supply cooling fan
*1: Single-sided model only.
*2: Face-down delivery unit.

T03-400-01

3-11P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

5 Motors

M2

M3

M4
M5
M1 M6

M16

M11
M12
M13
M14 M7
M8
M9
M10

M17
M20

M15

F03-500-01

3-12P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

Notation Name Notation Name


M01 Pickup motor M10 Hopper motor Bk
M02 Pickup main motor M11 Cartridge motor Y
M03 Drum drive motor Y M12 Cartridge motor M
M04 Drum drive motor M M13 Cartridge motor C
M05 Drum drive motor C M14 Cartridge motor Bk
M06 Drum drive motor Bk M15 Transfer belt drive motor
M07 Hopper motor Y M16 Delivery main motor
M08 Hopper motor M M17 Side registration motor*1
M09 Hopper motor C M20 Waste toner motor
*1: Duplex unit.

T03-500-01

3-13P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

6 PCBs
[5]
[6]
[3]

[2]
[1]
[4]

[7]

[9]

[10]

[11]
[8]

F03-600-01

Notation Name Notation Name


[1] Control panel CPU PCB [6] Function key PCB
[2] Control panel inverter PCB [7] Transfer high-voltage PCB
[3] Keypad PCB [8] Transfer drive AC generation PCB
[4] Contrast adjustment PCB [9] Pickup assembly PCB
[5] Control panel power supply [10] Power supply relay PCB (230 V)
switch PCB [11] Duplex unit driver PCB*1
*1: Duplex unit.

T03-600-01

3-14P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

[21]
[24]
[22] [25]
[26]
[27]

[19]
[20]

[15]

[16]
[17]
[14]

[18]

[23]

[13]

[12]

F03-600-02

Notation Name Notation Name


[12] System controller PCB [20] LED power supply PCB
[13] DC controller PCB [21] ECO2 PCB
[14] Serial driver PCB [22] Parallel I/F PCB
[15] Image formation high-voltage PCB [23] Switch PCB (230 V)
[16] Separation high-voltage PCB [24] Exposure LED Y
[17] DC power supply PCB [25] Exposure LED M
[18] Power supply PCB [26] Exposure LED C
[19] Drum drive AC generation PCB [27] Exposure LED Bk

T03-600-02

3-15P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

7 Cassette Pedestal

S45
CL24
S36
S38 S42
S39
SL6 S43
S37 S40
S41

S34

S35

F03-700-01

Notation Name Notation Name


CL24 Pickup clutch S40 Cassette 4 paper level H sensor
SL6 Pickup solenoid S41 Cassette 4 paper level L sensor
S34 Cassette 3 size sensor S42 Cassette 3 pickup sensor
S35 Cassette 4 size sensor S43 Cassette 4 pickup sensor
S36 Cassette 3 paper sensor S44 Vertical path paper sensor
S37 Cassette 4 paper sensor S45 Right door open/closed sensor
S38 Cassette 3 paper level H sensor
S39 Cassette 3 paper level L paper
sensor

T03-700-01

3-16P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

[2]

M18

[1]

M19

H3

F03-700-02

Notation Name Notation Name


H3 Pedestal heater (accessory) [1] Pedestal pickup assembly PCB
M18 Pickup motor [2] Pedestal controller PCB
M19 Pedestal main motor

T03-700-02

3-17P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

8 Variable Resistors (VR), Light-Emitting Diodes, and


Check Pins by PCB
Of the variable resistors (VR), light-emitting diodes (LED), and check pins used in the
machine, those needed in the field are discussed:

Those VRs and check pins not discussed herein are for use at the factory,
requiring special tools and high accuracy. Do not touch them in the field.

Some LEDs hold leakage current and emit dim light even when off. This is
a normal condition and must be kept in mind.

···VRs that may be used into the field.


···VRs that must not be used in the field.

3-18P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

8.1 Controller PCB


1 7 1 6 1 7 1 6 1 7 1 5 1 8 1 10
5 1
J111 J110 J109 J108 J106 J105 J104 J103 J102
J107 1 2
14 8 12 7 14 8 12 7 6 2

A2
A1
B2
B1
15 1 1 3 11 1 19 1 1 6 13 1 7 1 1 3
J119 J117 J116 J115 J114 J113
16 2 10 2 20 2 12 2 6 2
J118 J112
LED2
A19
A20
B2
B1

1 2 7 1 5 1 9 1 LED1
1 8 J122 J121 J120

J101
J124 J123
8 2 6 2 8 2
J125
B20
B19
A1
A2

VR4 VR1

A40
A39
B40
B39
SW1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
J127
7
1

ON
J130

1
J129
5
72

BAT1
A16 A2 1 23 A20 A2 A20 A2
2 6 A19 A1 A19 A1
A15 A1
LED3 J135 B16 J134 B2 J133 B1 J132 B19 B1 J131 B19
B15 B1 B2 B20 B2 B20
1 5 2 24

F03-801-01

Notation Name Description


LED1 24V check LED ON, if 24-V power is present.
LED2 5V check LED ON, if 5-V power is present.
LED3 CPU operation check LED Flashes at about 1-sec intervals, if the CPU has
warmed up successfully.
Flashes at short intervals, if a RAM check error is
found while the CPU is warming up.
On, if the CPU fails to warm up.
SW1 For factory use

T03-801-01

3-19P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

8.2 System Controller PCB


85 167
J223 J220 J215 J214 86 168
1 J205 83
9 1 11 1 1 5 1 4 2 84

A2
A1
B2
B1
A19
A20

10 2 10 2 85 167
B2
B1

SW1 86 168
ON 1 J206 83

J201
8 1 2 84
J224

85 167
86 168
1 J207 83
2 A1 A33 84

A16
A15
B16
B15
B20
B19
A1
A2

LED1 A2
B1 J210 A34
B33
B2 B34

A2
A1
B2
B1
J225
1
2

1
5
6

J226
1

J202
2

J222

A1 A33
A2 A34
B1 J211 B33 5 1
J228
A13
A14

B2 B34 6 2
B1
B2

1 4
BAT1 A50 A2
J227

A49 A1
J208 J203
1
2

B50 B2
J219

B49 B1

A16
A15
B16
B15
B13
B14
A1
A2

72

LED2 2 8
1 J218 7
D32 D1
5
6

2
J229 10 2
J213
10 C32 J209 C1 J204
1 9 1 11 B32 B1
A32 A1 12 1

F03-802-01

Notation Name Description


LED1 5V check LED On, if 5-V power is present.
LED2 CPU operation check LED Flashes at about 1-sec intervals, if the CPU has
warmed up successfully.
Flashes, if a RAM check error is found while the
CPU is warming up.
On, if the CPU fails to warm up.
SW1 For factory use

T03-802-01

3-20P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

8.3 Serial Driver PCB

19 1 9 1 9 1 13 1 5
18 J321 2 8 J320 2 10 J319 2 12 J318 2 8 J317 1 1 J399 36 J316 12 54 J315 12 13
12 J314 1
2
1
2

J313
1
J301

3
6
5
J312
11
10

2
1 1
1
2

J311
J302

9
J310
4
3
A12 A1 A11 A1
B1 B12 B1 B11

2
1
17
18

2
J303 12 2
J304 10 2
J306 12 J307 J308 2
J309 12
1 11 1 11 1 13 1 13

F03-803-01

8.4 DC Power Supply PCB

6
3

J4
J2

J5

10 1
1

8
J8 J7 J9
5 1 2

J3
4 1
5

FU1201

1
9
1
J1

J6
1
1

F03-804-01

3-21P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

8.5 Pickup Assembly PCB

Cassette 1 (upper)
S3
J1606 1 3
J1603
4 1

3
A12 J1607
3 1

1
B1
J1605

J1601
S5
S6 S9

B12
A1
J1608 J1602
S4
1 31 4
1

J1604
4

S10

S7
S8
Cassette 2 (lower)

F03-805-01

Notation Sensor Notation Sensor


S3 Cassette 1 paper sensor S7 Cassette 2 paper level H sensor
S4 Cassette 2 paper sensor S8 Cassette 2 paper level L sensor
S5 Cassette 1 paper level H sensor S9 Cassette 1 pickup sensor
S6 Cassette 1 paper level L sensor S10 Cassette 2 pickup sensor

T03-805-01

3-22P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

8.6 Duplex Driver PCB (duplex model only)

J503 J502 J501 J505


1 5 A10 A1 1 8 4 1
B1 B10

F03-806-01

8.7 Cassette Pedestal


a. Pedestal Controller PCB

J650 J651
1 7
J656

4 1
3
1
18

17
J655
2

7 1 13 1
J657 J652
6 2 14 2

F03-807-01

3-23P
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

b. Pedestal Pickup Assembly PCB

Cassette 3 (upper)
S36
J1606 1 3
J1603
4 1

3
A12 J1607
S44
3 1

1
B1
J1605

J1601
S38
S38 S42

B12
A1
J1608 J1602
S37
1 31 4
1

J1604
4

S43

S40
S41
Cassette 4 (lower)

F03-807-02

Notation Sensor Notation Sensor


S36 Cassette 3 paper sensor S41 Cassette 4 paper level 0 sensor
S37 Cassette 4 paper sensor S42 Cassette 3 pickup sensor
S38 Cassette 3 paper level 1 sensor S43 Cassette 4 pickup sensor
S39 Cassette 3 paper level 0 sensor S44 Vertical path paper sensor
S40 Cassette 4 paper level 1 sensor

T03-807-02

3-24P
APPENDIX
APPENDIX

1 General Timing Chart


Conditions: full-color, cassette; A4, single-sided (2 prints, continuous)

Main power Print request Main power


switch ON 190˚C signal switch OFF

WMUP PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY

Controlled to 190˚C Controlled to 180˚C


Fixing main heater (H1)

Fixing sub heater (H2)

Pickup main motor (M2)

Delivery main motor (M16)

Pickup solenoid (SL1)

Pickup motor (M1)


Cassette 1 pickup sensor
(S1)
Pickup clutch (CL1)

Vertical path sensor (S11)

Vertical path clutch (CL2)


Pre-registration sensor
(S12)
Registration clutch (CL4)
Transfer belt drive motor 1.0sec
(M15)
Transfer swing clutch
(CL23)
Feed auxiliary roller bias

Drum drive motor Y (M3)

Drum drive motor M (M4)

Drum drive motor C (M5)

Drum drive motor Bk (M6)


Injection cylinder
clutch Y (CL6)
Injection cylinder
clutch M (CL8)
Injection cylinder
clutch C (CL10)
Injection cylinder
clutch Bk (CL12)
Injection charging AC-Y

Injection charging AC-M

Injection charging AC-C

Injection charging AC-Bk

Injection charging DC-Y

Injection charging DC-M

Injection charging DC-C

Injection charging DC-Bk

Exposure LED-Y

Exposure LED-M

Exposure LED-C

Exposure LED-Bk
Developing cylinder 2min
clutch Y (CL5)
Developing cylinder
clutch M (CL7)
Developing cylinder
clutch C (CL9)
Developing cylinder
clutch Bk (CL11)
Developing bias AC-Y

Developing bias AC-M

Developing bias AC-C

Developing bias AC-Bk

Developing bias DC-Y

Developing bias DC-M

Developing bias DC-C

Developing bias DC-Bk

Transfer charging-Y

Transfer charging-M

Transfer charging-C

Transfer Bk-Bk

Auxiliary charging brush-Y

Auxiliary charging brush-M

Auxiliary charging brush-C

Auxiliary charging brush-Bk

Separation charging

Fixing assembly inlet sensor


Internal delivery sensor
(S27)
Delivery flapper solenoid
(SL5)
Eternal delivery sensor
(S28)
Reversing assembly CW
clutch (CL18)
Reversing assembly CCW
clutch (CL17)
Reversing assembly double
speed clutch (CL15)
Delivery vertical path
sensor (S29)
Duplex double speed
feeding clutch (CL20)
Duplex unit inlet sensor
(S30)
Re-pickup sensor (S31)

Re-pickup clutch (CL21)


Duplex equal speed
feeding clutch (CL19)

A-1P
APPENDIX

Conditions: full-color, cassette 1; A4, double-sided

Print request Main power


signal switch OFF

PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY


Controlled to
190˚C Controlled to 180˚C
Fixing main heater (H1)

Fixing sub heater (H2)

Pickup main motor (M2)

Delivery main motor (M16)

Pickup solenoid (SL1)

Pickup motor (M1)


Cassette 1 pickup sensor
(S1)
Pickup clutch (CL1)

Vertical path sensor (S11) 2nd side

Vertical path clutch (CL2)


Pre-registration sensor
(S12)
Registration clutch (CL4)
Transfer belt drive motor 1.0sec
(M15)
Transfer swing clutch
(CL23)
Feed auxiliary roller bias

Drum drive motor Y (M3)

Drum drive motor M (M4)

Drum drive motor C (M5)

Drum drive motor Bk (M6)


Injection cylinder
clutch Y (CL6)
Injection cylinder
clutch M (CL8)
Injection cylinder
clutch C (CL10)
Injection cylinder
clutch Bk (CL12)
Injection charging AC-Y

Injection charging AC-M

Injection charging AC-C

Injection charging AC-Bk

Injection charging DC-Y

Injection charging DC-M

Injection charging DC-C

Injection charging DC-Bk

Exposure LED-Y

Exposure LED-M

Exposure LED-C

Exposure LED-Bk
Developing cylinder
clutch Y (CL5)
Developing cylinder
clutch M (CL7)
Developing cylinder
clutch C (CL9)
Developing cylinder
clutch Bk (CL11)
Developing bias AC-Y

Developing bias AC-M

Developing bias AC-C

Developing bias AC-Bk

Developing bias DC-Y

Developing bias DC-M

Developing bias DC-C

Developing bias DC-Bk

Transfer charging-Y

Transfer charging-M

Transfer charging-C

Transfer Bk-Bk

Auxiliary charging brush-Y

Auxiliary charging brush-M

Auxiliary charging brush-C

Auxiliary charging brush-Bk

Separation charging

Fixing assembly inlet sensor


Internal delivery sensor
(S27)
Delivery flapper solenoid
(SL5)
Eternal delivery sensor
(S28)
Reversing assembly CW
clutch (CL18)
Reversing assembly CCW
clutch (CL17)
Reversing assembly double Reversal
speed clutch (CL15)
Delivery vertical path
sensor (S29)
Duplex double speed
feeding clutch (CL20)
Duplex unit inlet sensor
(S30)
Re-pickup sensor (S31)

Re-pickup clutch (CL21)


Duplex equal speed
feeding clutch (CL19)

A-2P
APPENDIX

2 Signals and Abbreviations


2.1 Signals
2.1.1 Printer
2SIDE_OK Duplex driver PCB connection detection signal
AC_RL AC relay drive signal
ATR_C ATR sensor C output signal
ATR_CNT_C ATR sensor C drive signal
ATR_CNT_K ATR sensor Bk drive signal
ATR_CNT_M ATR sensor M drive signal
ATR_CNT_Y ATR sensor Y drive signal
ATR_K ATR sensor Bk output signal
ATR_M ATR sensor M output signal
ATR_Y ATR sensor Y output signal
CD0 Exposure LED-C image data signal 0
CD1 Exposure LED-C image data signal 1
CD2 Exposure LED-C image data signal 2
CD3 Exposure LED-C image data signal 3
CD4 Exposure LED-C image data signal 4
CD5 Exposure LED-C image data signal 5
CD6 Exposure LED-C image data signal 6
CFAI-1 Exposure LED-C image data transfer signal 1
CFAI-2 Exposure LED-C image data transfer signal 2
CFAI-S Exposure LED-C activation start signal
CFAI-I Exposure LED-C activation enable signal
CL1_ON Pickup clutch drive signal
CL10_C_ON Injection cylinder clutch C drive signal
CL11_Bk_ON Developing cylinder clutch Bk drive signal
CL12_Bk_ON Injection cylinder clutch Bk drive signal
CL13_ON Pickup higher speed clutch drive signal
CL14_ON Fixing clutch drive signal
CL15_ON Reversing assembly double speed clutch drive signal
CL16_ON External delivery double speed clutch drive signal
CL17_ON Reversing assembly CCW clutch drive signal
CL18_ON Reversing assembly CW clutch drive signal
CL19_ON Duplex equal speed feeding clutch drive signal
CL2_ON Vertical path clutch drive signal
CL20_ON Duplex double speed feeding clutch drive signal
CL21_ON Re-pickup clutch drive signal
CL22_ON Fixing higher speed clutch drive signal
CL23_ON Transfer swing clutch drive signal
CL3_ON Manual feed clutch drive signal
CL4_ON Registration clutch drive signal

A-3P
APPENDIX

CL5_Y_ON Developing cylinder clutch Y drive signal


CL6_Y_ON Injection cylinder clutch Y drive signal
CL7_M_ON Developing cylinder clutch M drive signal
CL8_M_ON Injection cylinder clutch M drive signal
CL9_C_ON Developing cylinder clutch C drive signal
COPY_RMT High-voltage output enable signal
CSCLK C image data input sync clock signal
CSRST C image data latch signal
CVGA C-LED chip ground signal
DC_RL DC relay drive signal
DVAC_C Developing AC bias C output signal
DVAC_K Developing AC bias M output signal
DVAC_M Developing AC bias M output signal
DVAC_Y Developing AC bias Y output signal
ECO_CONNECT* ECO2 PCB connection detection signal
EXUNT_SENS Face-down delivery unit connection detection signal
FIXDR Fixing door open/closed detection signal
FM1_LCK Fixing fan locked detection signal
FM1_ON Fixing fan full speed rotation signal
FM10_LCK Kit drive cooling fan locked detection signal
FM10_ON Kit drive cooling fan drive signal
FM13_LCK Transfer motor cooling fan locked detection signal
FM13_ON Transfer motor cooling fan drive signal
FM2_LCK Delivery fan locked detection signal
FM2_ON Delivery fan drive signal
FM4_LCK Machine cooling fan locked detection signal
FM4_ON Machine cooling fan drive signal
FM6_LCK Power supply cooling fan locked detection signal
FM6_ON Power supply cooling fan drive signal
FM7_LCK De-curling fan locked detection signal
FM7_ON De-curling fan drive signal
FRK_ON Anti-flicker ON/OFF signal
FRNTDR Front door open/closed detection signal
H1_ERR Fixing main heater error detection signal
H1_ON Fixing main heater drive signal
H2_ERR Fixing sub heater error detection signal
H2_ON Fixing sub heater drive signal
HUM Humidity detection signal
KD0 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 0
KD1 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 1
KD2 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 2
KD3 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 3
KD4 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 4
KD5 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 5

A-4P
APPENDIX

KD6 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 6


KFAI-1 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 1
KFAI-2 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 2
KFAI-S Exposure LED-Bk activation start signal
KFAI-I Exposure LED-Bk activation enable signal
KSCLK Bk image data input sync clock signal
KSRST Bk image data latch signal
KVGA Bk LED chip ground signal
M1_A Pickup motor drive signal A
M1_B Pickup motor drive signal B
M1-I0 Pickup motor current switch signal I0
M1_I1 Pickup motor current switch signal I1
M10_Bk_A Hopper motor Bk drive signal A
M10_Bk_A* Hopper motor Bk drive signal A*
M10_Bk_B Hopper motor Bk drive signal B
M10_Bk_B* Hopper motor Bk drive signal B*
M11_Y_ON Cartridge motor Y drive signal
M12_M_ON Cartridge motor M drive signal
M13_C_ON Cartridge motor C drive signal
M14_Bk_ON Cartridge motor Bk drive signal
M15_ENC_A Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal A
M15_ENC_B Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal B
M15_ENC_C Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal C
M15_PLS_A Transfer belt drive motor drive pulse signal A
M15_PLS_B Transfer belt drive motor drive pulse signal B
M16_LCK Delivery main motor locked detection signal
M16_ON Delivery main motor drive signal
M16_SPDA Delivery main motor speed switch signal A
M16_SPDB Delivery main motor speed switch signal B
M17_A Side registration motor drive signal A
M17_A* Side registration motor drive signal A*
M17_B Side registration motor drive signal B
M17_B* Side registration motor drive signal B*
M2_LCK Pickup main motor locked detection signal
M2_ON Pickup main motor drive signal
M2_SPDA Pickup main motor speed switch signal A
M2_SPDB Pickup main motor speed switch signal B
M20_DT Waste toner motor locked detection signal
M20_ON Waste toner motor drive signal
M20_OPN Waste toner motor drive signal
M3_Y_ENCA Drum drive motor Y encoder signal A
M3_Y_ENCB Drum drive motor Y encoder signal B
M3_Y_ENCC Drum drive motor Y encoder signal C
M3_Y_PLSA Drum drive motor Y drive pulse signal A

A-5P
APPENDIX

M3_Y_PLSB Drum drive motor Y drive pulses signal B


M4_M_ENCA Drum drive motor M encoder signal A
M4_M_ENCB Drum drive motor M encoder signal B
M4_M_ENCC Drum drive motor M encoder signal C
M4_M_PLSA Drum drive motor M drive pulse signal A
M4_M_PLSB Drum drive motor M drive pulse signal B
M5_C_ENCA Drum drive motor C encoder signal A
M5_C_ENCB Drum drive motor C encoder signal B
M5_C_ENCC Drum drive motor C encoder signal C
M5_C_PLSA Drum drive motor C drive pulse signal A
M5_C_PLSB Drum drive motor C drive pulse signal B
M6_Bk_ENCA Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal A
M6_Bk_ENCB Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal B
M6_Bk_ENCC Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal C
M6_Bk_PLSA Drum drive motor Bk drive pulse signal A
M6_Bk_PLSB Drum drive motor Bk drive pulse signal B
M7_Y_A Hopper motor Y drive signal A
M7_Y_A* Hopper motor Y drive signal A*
M7_Y_B Hopper motor Y drive signal B
M7_Y_B* Hopper motor Y drive signal B*
M8_M_A Hopper motor M drive signal A
M8_M_A* Hopper motor M drive signal A*
M8_M_B Hopper motor M drive signal B
M8_M_B* Hopper motor M drive signal B*
M9_C_A Hopper motor C drive signal A
M9_C_A* Hopper motor C drive signal A*
M9_C_B Hopper motor C drive signal B
M9_C_B* Hopper motor C drive signal B*
MD0 Exposure LED-M image data signal 0
MD1 Exposure LED-M image data signal 1
MD2 Exposure LED-M image data signal 2
MD3 Exposure LED-M image data signal 3
MD4 Exposure LED-M image data signal 4
MD5 Exposure LED-M image data signal 5
MD6 Exposure LED-M image data signal 6
MFAI-1 Exposure LED-M image data transfer signal 1
MFAI-2 Exposure LED-M image data transfer signal 2
MFAI-S Exposure LED-M activation start signal
MFAI-I Exposure LED-M activation enable signal
MSCLK M image data input sync clock signal
MSRST M image data latch signal
MVGA M-LED chip ground signal
PKTC_OK Drum unit-C connection signal
PKTCSC Drum unit ROM-C control signal

A-6P
APPENDIX

PKTCSK Drum unit ROM-Bk control signal


PKTCSM Drum unit ROM-M control signal
PKTCSY Drum unit ROM-Y control signal
PKTK_OK Drum unit-Bk connection signal
PKTM_OK Drum unit-M connection signal
PKTY_OK Drum unit-Y connection signal
PRBS_AD High-voltage output monitor signal
PRMT_ON DC power ON signal
RL3_OFF RL3 drive signal
S1_SIZE0 Cassette 1 size detection signal 0
S1_SIZE1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 1
S1_SIZE2 Cassette 1 size detection signal 2
S1_SIZE3 Cassette 1 size detection signal 3
S1_SIZE4 Cassette 1 size detection signal 4
S10_DT Cassette 2 pickup detection signal
S11_DT Vertical path paper detection signal
S12_DT Pre-registration paper detection signal
S13_DT Transparency detection signal (front)
S13_ON Transparency sensor drive signal (front)
S14_DT Transparency detection signal (rear)
S14_ON Transparency sensor drive signal (rear)
S15_DT Manual fee paper signal
S2_SIZE0 Cassette 2 size detection signal 0
S2_SIZE1 Cassette 2 size detection signal 1
S2_SIZE2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 2
S2_SIZE3 Cassette 2 size detection signal 3
S2_SIZE4 Cassette 2 size detection signal 4
S20_Y Toner level Y detection signal
S20_M Toner level M detection signal
S22_C Toner level C detection signal
S23_Bk Toner level Bk detection signal
S24_DT Web length detection signal
S25_DT Fixing assembly inlet detection signal
S26_DT Fixing assembly inlet arch detection signal
S27_DT Internal delivery detection signal
S28_DT External delivery detection signal
S29_DT Delivery vertical path detection signal
S3_DT Cassette 1 paper detection signal
S30_DT Duplex unit inlet paper detection signal
S31_DT Re-pickup detection signal
S32_DT Side registration detection signal
S33_DT Duplex unit lower paper detection signal
S4_DT Cassette 2 paper detection signal
S46_SIZE Multifeeder paper width detection signal

A-7P
APPENDIX

S49_DT Transfer swing detection signal 1


S5_DT Cassette 1 paper level H detection signal
S50_DT Transfer swing detection signal 2
S51_DT Transfer belt home position detection signal
S52_DT Post-registrant paper detection signal
S55_DT Vertical path door open/closed detection signal
S56_DT Delivery door open/closed detection signal
S6_DT Cassette 1 paper level L detection signal
S7_DT Cassette 2 paper level H detection signal
S8_DT Cassette 2 paper level L detection signal
S9_DT Cassette 1 pickup signal
SHUT_OFF Main power switch OFF signal
SL_DC Exposure LED-DC bias output signal
SL1_ON Pickup solenoid drive signal
SL2_ON Manual feed holding plate locking solenoid drive signal
SL4_ON Web solenoid drive signal
SL5_ON Delivery flapper solenoid drive signal
SLED_SNS Exposure LED connection detection signal
SPAC_DA Separate high-voltage D/A output signal
SPAC_ON Separation AC high-voltage output signal
SSR2_OFF SSR2 drive signal
SW_CUT_OK Switch PCB connection detection signal
TH_MAIN Main thermistor detection signal
TH_SUB Sub thermistor detection signal
TH_OK Thermistor connection detection signal
TMP Temperature detection signal
TMP_CHG Environment sensor sensitivity switch signal
TONER Waste toner case full detection signal
TR_AD Transfer high-voltage monitor signal
TRUNIT_OK Transfer high-voltage PCB connection signal
YD0 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 0
YD1 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 1
YD2 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 2
YD3 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 3
YD4 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 4
YD5 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 5
YD6 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 6
YFAI-1 Exposure LED-Y control signal 1
YFAI-2 Exposure LED-Y control signal 2
YFAI-S Exposure LED-Y control signal S
YFAI-I Exposure LED-Y control signal I
YSCLK Y image data input sync clock signal
YSRST Y image data latch signal
YVGA Y-LED chip ground signal

A-8P
APPENDIX

2.1.2 Cassette Pedestal


CL24_ON Pickup clutch drive signal
M18_A Pickup motor drive signal A
M18_B Pickup motor drive signal B
M18_I0 Pickup motor current switch signal I0
M18_I1 Pickup motor current switch signal I1
M19_LCK Pedestal main motor clock detection signal
M19_ON Pedestal main motor drive signal
M19_SEL Pedestal main motor drive higher speed signal
S34_SIZE0 Cassette 3 size detection signal 0
S34_SIZE1 Cassette 3 size detection signal 1
S34_SIZE2 Cassette 3 size detection signal 2
S34_SIZE3 Cassette 3 size detection signal 3
S34_SIZE4 Cassette 3 size detection signal 4
S35_SIZE0 Cassette 4 size detection signal 0
S35_SIZE1 Cassette 4 size detection signal 1
S35_SIZE2 Cassette 4 size detection signal 2
S35_SIZE3 Cassette 4 size detection signal 3
S35_SIZE4 Cassette 4 size detection signal 4
S36_DT Cassette 3 paper detection signal
S37_DT Cassette 4 paper detection signal
S38_DT Cassette 3 paper level 1 detection signal
S39_DT Cassette 3 paper level 0 detection signal
S40_DT Cassette 4 paper level 1 detection signal
S41_DT Cassette 4 paper level 0 detection signal
S42_DT Cassette 3 pickup detection signal
S43_DT Cassette 4 pickup detection signal
S44_DT Vertical path paper detection signal
S45_DT Right door open/closed detection signal
SL6_ON Pickup solenoid drive signal

2.2 Abbreviations
LSTR Last rotation
PINTR Printer initial multiple rotation
PRINT Print
PSTBY Printer standby
WMUP Warm-up

A-9P
APPENDIX

A-10P
3 Printer Unit General Circuit Diagram
Face-down delivery unit Registration Transfer swing Transfer swing Manual feed tray unit
Face-down delivery drive unit Delivery door Delivery vertical External Delivery De-curling
drive unit sensor unit sensor unit Pickup unit Kit drive unit Pre-registration sensor unit OHP OHP
Reversing Reversing Reversing External open/closed path sensor delivery flapper fan FM10 SL4 SL13 Pickup SL23 Transfer S50 Transfer S49 Transfer CL22 CL14 FM2 FM4 Machine FM1 Developing Developing Developing Developing Injection Injection Injection Injection Pre-registration Manual feed Manual feed holding Manual feed Manual feed paper Transparency Transparency
assembly assembly assembly delivery sensor sensor solenoid Kit drive Registration double-sped swing swing swing S9 S10 S3 cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder sensor paper sensor plate locking solenoid clutch width sensor sensor (front) sensor (rear)
Fixing double Fixing clutch Delivery fan cooling fan Fixing fan
CCW clutch CW clutch double speed double S56 S29 S28 SL5 FM7 cooling fan clutch clutch clutch sensor 2 sensor 1 Pickup main motor Delivery main motor speed clutch M1 CL1 SL1 clutch Y clutch M clutch C clutch Bk clutch Y clutch M clutch C clutch Bk S12 S15 SL2 CL3 S46 S13 S14
clutch speed clutch SL M2 M16 CL CL CL5 CL7 CL9 CL11 CL6 CL8 CL10 CL12 SL OHPF OHPR
CL CL CL M CL SL J1606 CL
CL17 CL18 CL15 CL16 J6464 J6463 M M J6361H P S P S
J6562 J6566 J6558 J6569H CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL J6359 J6360 J6365
J6570H J6469 J6467H J6466H J6465H J1410 J1420
J6524H J6523H J6522H J6520H J6526 J6361 J6362H

3
2
1

3
2
1

3
2
1

1
2
3

1
2
3

3
2
1

3
2
1
CL CL CL CL J6569

3
2
1
J6570

3
2
1

3
2
1
2 UCSTUM_SENS
J6452H J6453H J6454H J6455H J6457H J6458H J6459H J6460H

1
2
3

1
2
3

2
1
J6467 J6466 J6465
J6524 J6523 J6522 J6520 J6362

2
1

2 URTRY_SENS
J6518

2 LRTRY_SENS
J6461 UPPER LOWER

3
2
1
J6558H J6559H J6560H J6561H J6452 J6453 J6454 J6455 J6457 J6458 J6459 J6460

1
2

1
2

1
2

1 NC
2
3

1
2

1
2
3

1
2
3

2
1
1
2
3

1
2
3
4

1
2
3
4
5
6
3
2
1

3
2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

3
2
1

3
2
1

3
2
1

3
2
1
J6558 J6559 J6560 J6561 J1470-1 J1470-2 J6358L J6364D J6367L

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6
J6470L
J6519L

6
5
4
3
2
1

4 +24V

4 +24V
2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1

1 GND

1 GND
1
2
3
4
5

1 GND
3 +5V

3 +5V
J6470H J6462L J6358H J6364H J6367H

3 +5V
2 NC
3 NC

2 NC
3 NC
J6519H

3
2
1

A*

B*
A

B
J6358D J6364D J6367D

6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1
J6470D J6462H J6521L J6519D

1
2
3
4

3
2
1

4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1
J6521H

1
2
3

1
2
3
J6462D

J6521D

1
2
3
4
5
6
J1602 J1603 J1604 J1607 J1608 J1605

10
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4

1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
Pickup assembly PCB J6357L J6363L J6366L
S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6
J6357H J6363H J6366H

10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J6553L
J6451L J6456L J6357D J6364D J6366D

10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J6553H

10
J1601

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1
J6557L J6565L J6451H J6456H
J6553D
J6557H J6565H J6451D J6456D

18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6557D J6565D

11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 NC

10
11
12

10
11
12
13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J6556L J6564L
J6556H J6564H

10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J6556D J6564D J6551L

NC12
11
10

13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6551H
J6551D

12
11
10
10
11

10
11
12
13
+5V 10 1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GND 9 2
J6555L J6563L
ECO_CS 8 3
J6555H J6563H

ECO2 PCB
ECO_SK 7 4

E10_UCSTUM_SENS
E10_LCSTUM_SENS

E10_UPAPRH_SENS
E10_UPAPRL_SENS

E10_LPAPRH_SENS
E10_LPAPRL_SENS
J3901
J6555D J6563D
J223

E10_URTRY_SENS

1 (RESERV_FAN_ON)
E10_LRTRY_SENS
GND 6 5

11
10

EXUNIT_SENS13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ECO_DAOUT 5 6

E10_FEED_CL

E10_FEDM_10
E10_FEDM_11

EXTRACT_CL
E10_AROL_SL

CL11_Bk_ON*

CL12_Bk_ON*
REVUNIT_OK

E10_FEDM_A
E10_FEDM_B

CL10_C_ON*
ECO_DAIN 4 7

CL7_M_ON*

CL8_M_ON*
CL9_C_ON*
CL5_Y_ON*

CL6_Y_ON*
CL17_ON*

CL18_ON*

CL15_ON*

CL16_ON*

FM10_ON
GND
FM10_LCK
CL4_ON*
+24V
CL13_ON*
+24V
CL23_ON*
+24V

+5V
GND
M16_ON 4
M16_LCK 3
M16_SPDA 2
M16_SPDB 1

CL22_ON* 13
+24V
CL14_ON* 11
+24V
FM2_ON 9
GND
FM2_LCK 7
FM4_LCK 6
GND
FM4_ON 4
FM1_ON 3
GND
FM1_LCK 1

SL2_ON*
S1_SIZE0
S1_SIZE1
S1_SIZE2
S1_SIZE3
S1_SIZE4

S2_SIZE0
S2_SIZE1
S2_SIZE2
S2_SIZE3
S2_SIZE4
FM7_LCK
GND 3 8

SL5_ON*

FM7_ON

S12_DT

S15_DT
+5V
S50_DT 11
GND
+5V
S49_DT 8
GND
+5V
GND
M2_ON 4
M2_LCK 3
M2_SPDA 2
M2_SPDB1
S29_DT

S28_DT
ECO_CONNECT* 2 9

+24V

+24V
GND

GND
3 (GND)
+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

+24V

2 (LCK)
GND

GND
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

+5V

+5V
+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V
1 10

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC
GND

10
11

10
11
12
13

12

10

12

10

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

10
11
12
13

10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

7
6
5

6
5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J226

2 1 2 1 2
J304 J309 J320 J303 J312 J314 J302 J321 J399 J306 J319
1 2 1 2 1

Control panel PCB


J6614D
J6614H
J6614L

J6602D
J6602H
J6602L
J6613DB

J6601DB
J6613LB

J6601LB

Serial driver PCB


J227AJ227B

B15

B15

B15

B15

B15
J227WH

J318 J308WH J307WH


J317 J316 J311 J313 J308A J308B J307A J307B J315 J310 J301
A15

A15

J6613LWH A15

A15

J6601LWH A15
J6613DA

J6613LA

J6601DA

J6601LA

A11 B11 A12 B12

13
12
11
10

11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

3 +5V
2 S24_DT
1 GND

5
4
3
2
1

NC 4
TM-1SENS*3
2
TONE_RM 1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
NC 2
NC 1
J6613DWH
J6613H

J6601DWH
J6601H

FIXDR*
GND
FRNTDR*
GND
SL4_ON*
+24V

TNRFULL-SENS
+5V
S27_DT
GND
+5V
S26_DT
GND
+5V
S25_DT
GND
+5V
S52_DT
GND
+5V
S55_DT
GND
+5V
S11_DT
GND
CL2_ON*
+24V
SHUF_OFF
+24V

GND
10
M11_Y_ON* 11

10
M12_M_ON* 11

10
11
12

10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

M14_Bk_ON*
NC

NC
M13_C_ON*
4 GND 1 1 1

GND

GND
M10_Bk_A*

M10_Bk_B*
M10_Bk_A

M10_Bk_B

+5V
+5V
J214

M8_M_A*

M8_M_B*

M9_C_A*

M9_C_B*
Control Cad-IV

M7_Y_A*

M7_Y_B*
3 +5V 2 2 2

M8_M_A

M8_M_B

M9_C_A

M9_C_B
M7_Y_A

M7_Y_B

S23_Bk
S21_M

S22_C
S20_Y
2 CCV_CONE* 3 3 3

+24V
+24V

+24V

+24V
+24V

+24V

+24V
+24V

+24V

+24V
+24V

+24V
GND

GND

GND

GND
CL20 CL19

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V
1 CCVCNT 4 4 4
S33 S30 Duplex double Duplex equal M17 Side CL21 S32 Side S31
MT343 J6603F
J6603M
J6603F

Duplex unit Duplex unit speed feed speed feed registration Re-pickup registration Re-pickup
lower sensor inlet sensor clutch clutch motor clutch sensor sensor
MT341

MT342

11
10

11
10

10
11

10
11
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CL CL M CL

1
2
3

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
J6571D J6579D J6583D
J6514L J6511D J6503D J6502D J6501D J6282 J6280 J6275 J6273
J279H J278H J276H J6571H J6579H J6583H

1
2
3

1
2
3

1
2
3

1
2
3
J6514H J6511H J6503H J6502H J6501H
J6279 J6278 J6276 J6571L J6579L J6583L
J6514D J6511L J6503L J6502L J6501L
Copy Data Controller-A1

1 9 1 9

10
11

10
11

11
10

11
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2

1
2

1
2
GND 6 1 8

3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

3
2
1
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

3
2
1
2 8 2 8
Card Reader-B1

+5V 5 2 7
3 7 3 7 J6281L J6277L J6274L
J225

AST_P60 4 3 6

NC 10
NC 11

NC 1
AST_TXD3 3 4 5
4 6 4 6 J6281H J6277H J6274H

10
5 5 5 5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
J6281D J6277D J6274D

6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
AST_RXD32 5 4

2
1

2
1

2
1

2
1
6 4 6 4
J6573 J6577 J6581 J6585

1
2
3

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
GND 1 6 3 J6285L

3
2
1

3
2
1

3
2
1

3
2
1
7 3 7 3
2 +24V 1 7 2 J5104FA J5104FB J6573H J6574 J6777H J6578 J6581H J6582 J6585H J6586
8 2 8 2 J6285H J6572 J6576 J6580 J6584
1 GND 2 8 1 11 10 J6574H J6578H J6582H J6586H
9 1 9 1 J6285D
J6604D
J6604H
J6604L

J6606D
J6606H
J6606L

J6607D
J6607H
J6607L

J6608D
J6608H
J6608L

1
2
3
4
M M M M M M M M
11 10
S20 M7 M11 S21 M8 M12 S22 M9 M13 S23 M10 M14

4
3
2
1
1
2
3

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6284L Toner level Hopper Cartridge Toner level Hopper Cartridge Toner level Hoper Cartridge Toner level Hopper Cartridge
J6370D J5104MA J5104MB J6286L motor Y motor Y motor C motor Bk
sensor Y motor Y sensor Y motor Y sensor C motor C sensor Bk motor Bk

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J6284H
J6370H J6351D J6286H
Hoper unit Y Hopper unit M Hopper unit C Hopper unit Bk

11
10

10 NC
J6284D

8
7
6
5
4
3
2 NC
1 NC

9
8

7
6

5
4

3
2
1
3
2
1

1
2
J6370L J6351H J6286D

1
2
3
4
J6525D J6513D J6512D
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3

1
2
3
J6612D
J6612H
J6612L

J6351L

1
2
3
4
5
6
J6525H J6513H J6516M J6515M J6512H
1
2
3

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6507D
J6525L J6513L J6516F J6515F J6512L Drum drive motor Y Drum drive motor M Drum drive motor C Drum drive motor K
J6355D

1
2

1
2
J6507H

1
2
3

2
1

1
2
3

1
2
3

10

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2 GND 12 GND_COIN 1 1 J6355H J6506D J6505D M3 M M4 M M5 M M6 M
J6507L
1 +24V 11 +24V_COIN 2 2 J6272LA
J6355L J6506H J6505H J6272H

6
5
4
3
2
1
J6272LWH J6401 J6402 J6404 J6403 J6405 J6406 J6408 J6407

1
2
J6272LB

FT210

FT209

FT208
FT207

FT206

FT205

FT204

FT203

FT202
FT201
GND 1 10 3
3
2
1
COIN_ROBO

J6506L J6505L
COIN_RXD 2 9 4 J6517D J6272DA
J6272DB

2
1

2
1
J6272DWH

1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5

NC 6
5
4
3
2
1

NC 6
5
4
3
2
1

1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5

1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5

NC 6
5
4
3
2
1

NC 6
5
4
3
2
1

1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5
1
2
3

1
2
COIN_TXD 3 8 5 J6517H

10

10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
COIN_ASTCNT 4 7 6 J6356 J6352
J6517L

1
2
3

1
2
3

1
2
3

1
2
3
J229

CL20_ON*10
+24V
CL19_ON* 8
+24V
M17_B* 6
M17_B
M17_A* 4
M17_A
+24V
+24V

CL21_ON*10
+24V
+5V
S32_DT 7
GND
+5V
S31_DT 4
GND
+5V 5 6 7 J6352H J6510 J6509 J6508

2
1
J6504
DIMM

+5V
S33_DT
GND
+5V
S30_DT
GND
GND 6 5 8 S52
J207

1
2
3

1
2
3

COIN_CCVCNT 7 4 9 sensor SL

NC 2
NC 1
J6354 J6353

M6_Bk_ENCC

M6_Bk_ENCB
M6_Bk_ENCA
M4_M_ENCC
SW6 SW5 SL4 S27 S26 S25 TH2 TH1 S24

M4_M_ENCB
M4_M_ENCA

M5_C_ENCC
M3_Y_ENCC

M5_C_ENCB
M5_C_ENCA
Post-registration
SW3

M3_Y_ENCB
M3_Y_ENCA

M6_Bk_PLSB

M6_Bk_PLSA
M5_C_PLSB

M5_C_PLSA
M3_Y_PLSB

M3_Y_PLSA
COIN_CONNECT* 8 3 10

1 M4_M_PLSB

5 M4_M_PLSA
CL

3
2
1

9
8

6
5

3
Face-down Fixing assembly Front door switch Web Internal Fixing assembly Fixing assembly Sub Main Web

6
5
4
3
2
1
+5V 9 2 11
interlock switch door switch solenoid delivery inlet arch sensor inlet sensor thermistor thermistor level sensor J502B J502A

RESET*
GND 10 1 12 S55 S11 CL2
sensor Fixing assembly unit

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
J503 J502WH

3 GND

GND

GND

GND
Vertical path Vertical path Pickup

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

ENC

RXD
TXD
CLK
J6610D
J6610H
J6610L

NC

NC

2 NC

NC

NC

NC
door open/ sensor clutch
+24V_COIN
GND_COIN
+24V_CCX
GND_CCX

10

10
closed sensor

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Vertical path unit
1 +3.3VAN
J601 J606 J602 J603 J609 J604 J607
Duplex drive PCB
DIMM

J206

2 +3.3VAN
1
2
3
J203

3 GND
J6102D
4 GND
J6102H
J505 J501
1 +5V
+5V
J6102L
Drum drive AC generation PCB
2

4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 GND
4 GND J608

NC
J605
5 +3.3V
DIMM

J205

J204

6 GND

10
4
3
2
1

B2_PLS 9
B1_PLS 8
A2_PLS 7
A1_PLS 6
5
ENC_C 4
LED_ON 3
ENC_A 2
ENC_B 1
7 +5VAN

GND
+24V
GND
+5V
8 +5VAN
System controller PCB

GND

GND
9 GND

NC
10 GND
11 +12VAN
12 GND
Counter ROM

+24V_TR
J221

GND5_TR
+5V_TR
GND24_TR

J6409MWH
J6409FB
SHUT_OFF

J6409FA
FT181
+3.3VAN
+3.3VAN
+12VAN

+24V

J6409F A16 B16 MT269

4
3
2
1
GND

GND
+5VAN
+5VAN

+5V

GND
GND
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
+24V
+24V
+3.3V

+24V 4

+24V 2

+24V

+24V
+24V
GND

GND
GND

GND

GND
GND

GND
GND

GND 3

GND 1

GND

GND
GND
Flash ROM

+5V
+5V

+5V
J222

FT182
J6409M MT270
12
11
10

A16 B16

4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6409MA
J6409MB
J1107 J1122 J1115 J1102 J1101 J1116 J1113 J6409FWH
SW4
FT184 FT186 +5V_TR

Power supply PCB


Reader I/F PCB

FT185 FT183 +24V_TR


J208

J1121 J1108 J1106 J1110 J1105 J1120 J1119 J1117 J1114 J1118 J1109 J1112 J1111 J1104
Water toner
motor

10
6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

4 GND
3 GND
2 +5V
1 +5V

5
4
3
2
1

3
2
1

2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

2
1

1
2
3
4
M20

J6409FB_16
J6409FB_15
J6409FB_14
J6409FB_13
J6409FB_12
J6409FB_11
J6409FB_10
J6409FB_9
J6409FB_8
J6409FB_7
J6409FB_6
J6409FB_5
J6409FB_4
J6409FB_3
J6409FB_2
J6409FB_1
SHUT-DOWN

GND
GND
GND
+24V
+24V

GND
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
+5V

+5VAN
+5VAN
+5VAN
GND
GND
+12VAN
GND

+24VF
GNDF
GND
AC_SENS
GND
RMT_ON
GND
OVP1
GND

GND
GND
+24V
+24VNonRL
GND
+38V

+5V OP_CST+5V
+24V OP_CST+24V
GND OP_CSTGND

+5V
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+5VAN
GND
+24V_Non_RL
GND

PRMT_ON
GND
ACLINE_OFF*
GND
+24V
SHUT_OFF
SW CUT_OK

+24VF
GNDF

+38V
+38V
GND
GND
M

GND24_TR
+5VAN

+24VR

GND5_TR
+24V

1
2
Not used Not used Not used
GND

GND

+5V_TR
GND_U

GND_U
R13
PLD board

+24VU

+24VU
J6415L

+5VD
SPEC_VALUE 1

1
J209

NC

NC

NC

NC

1 NC

7 NC
J6374M J6373M J6372M J6371M J6415H
1
2
3
4
5
6

12
11
10

10
J6203L J6415D

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

2
3
4
5
6
RL2 J6374F J6373F J6372F J6371F
J6413L

1
2 TONER_MON 2
J6203H J6205H FT131 FT133

1
J701 J702 J6413H
J6203D J6205L FT132 FT134
J6368M M3 M3 M3 M3 Transfer drive AC generation PC
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

J6413D
J704 J703

1 +12V
FT135 FT136
MAIN_ERR

J6368F

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SUB_ERR
MAIN_ON

SLED SLED SLED SLED


SUB_ON

FRK_ON

NC

TONER
NC
1

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6

1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5

5
4
3
2
1

GND

GND
+24VNonRL

J6201F

1
2
3
4
GND

GND

+5V
+5V
J6414L J6417D
K C M Y
3
2
1

SUB SUB SUB SUB


MT253
1
2

J10 J6313M J6414H J6417H


+24Vs
+38Vs

M3 M3 M3 M3 Transfer belt

M15_ENC_C
7

M15_ENC_A
M15_ENC_B
B_PLS_OUT

A_PLS_OUT
GND
GND
GND

J6105M Separation high- DEV DEV DEV DEV


6 J6313F voltage PCB sensor J6414D J6417L

1
2

1
2
3
J6201M

1
2
3
4
INJEC M3 INJEC M3 INJEC M3 INJEC M3

SLED_HV
SLED_HV
SLED_HV
SLED_HV
J6105F S51

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1

5 MT221 M3 M3 M3 M3

GND

GND
6
5
4
3
2
1

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6

2
1

+5V
4

NC

NC

NC
J1430 J1431
J12

2 +24V
3 +24V

TR_HP_SENS
1 GND

3 GND
2 GND

J6418

4 +5V

AMSW_SEL1
4 +5V

TRUNIT_OK*
ANSW_SEL0
J5 J2 J3 J4 P S

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5
6

COPY_RMT
TM-1SENS*
2

3
2 S51_DT 2
1
NC 2

NC 4

NC 2

NC 4

NC 2

NC 4

NC 2

NC 4

TM-OPEN
Switch PCB 1 WTS1 WTS2
1

1
2

1
2

TM-ON

TR_AD
DACLK
DADT3
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4

DALD2
J6410 J6411

GND

GND

GND

GND
1 GND
A C
M

3 +5V
M15 Waste toner sensor
5 DC power supply PCB J6152 J6153
HF 80

J6315F J4106 J4108 J4105 J4104 J4103 J4102 J4101


J202

A B

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
4

1
2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3 2-cassette Transfer belt drive motor
J13

J4109 J6416F J6416M


2 1 1 GND 1 J4203 J4206 J4202
M2 M16
HF 82

pedestal
J210

A B

1 J1 J6 2 2 +24V 2
Image formation high-voltage PCB

J4201
J4204
MAIN_ERR

J6315FB 3 3 GND 3
SUB_ERR
MAIN_ON

J224WH
SUB_ON

3
2 NC
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

B 4 4 +5V 4
J224AJ224B
GNDS
GNDS
GNDS
GNDS
+5VS
+5VS
+5VS
+5VS

T801 T401 T301 T201 T101


GND

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 NC

A20 B20
J4107
1
2
3
4
5

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
NC 20

NC 20

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6204
M4 SIZAZU K-BRADE C-BRADE M-BRADE Y-BRADE
MT275

A19 B19 Finisher/Side paper deck


Transfer unit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

J1511A J1511B MT273


J1511WH J6314L MT274
J6319FB J6319F J6319FA
J6314H
Power supply B C A
J6314D cooling fan

1
2 GND
3 +24V
4 NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 NC

1
2
3
4
5
6
7 NC
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
FM06
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J1513A J1513B
LED Bk
Parallel

J6369L
A20
J1513WH

Temperature sensor/
Humidity sensor J6369H MT222
B20

NC 8
J6202 J1400 J6369D

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

2
1

5
4
3
2
1
200V J6283L J6318L J6317L J6316D
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3

J6283H
J5105M

J5108M

J5107M
J5108F

J5107F

Power supply DC power Environment heater J6206D J6318H J6317H J6316H


relay PCB supply PCB J6283D J6318D J6317D J6316L
TP3 J6206H
ET7 3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 1 1 3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2

1
2
3
4
5
J14 J1 J6206L
2 2 2 2 2

2SIDE_OK
GND
DATA
GND
CLK
GND
SIDEREJI_SENS 1

TR_HP_SENS
GND
PRBS_AD
GND
COPY_RMT
SL_DC
DVAC_K
DVAC_C
DVAC_M
DVAC_Y
SPAC_DA
SPAC_ON
GND
ANSW_SEL2
ANSW_SEL1
ANSW_SEL0
DADT2
DADT1
DACLK1
DALD1
GND
TXOUTENB1N

3
2
1

AMSW_SEL1
TXOUTENB2N
RXDATA2
RXLOAD2N
TXDATA2
TXEND2N
GND
CHOCLK

TRUNIT_OK*
ANSW_SEL0
3 NC 3 3 NC 1 1

COPY_RMT
3
2 NC 2
1

3
2 NC
1

RXROAD1N

TMP_CHG

GND
OPVCCRMT1

GND
GND
FNS_TXD3
FNS_RXD3
GND

TM-OPEN

S46_SIZE
4 4 4
TXEND1N

FM6_LCK

UA_RXD

TR_ENC
RXDATA1

UA_SCK
UA_TXD
TXDATA1

S13_ON

S14_ON
CHOCLK

RESET*
FM6_ON

TH_MAIN

S13_DT

S14_DT
THM_OK

H6
+24VAN

TR_AD
DACLK
TH_SUB

DADT3
DALD2
5 2 2
+24VF

DATA

DATA
HUM
1

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
TMP

CLK

CLK
GND

GND

GND

+5V
6 1 1 Flash ROM
GND

GND
GND
NC

NC

J5111M

NC 8
J5110M J5110F
J5111F H7
10

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

13
12
11
10

10
11

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

7
6
5
4
3
2

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
OLT1 B A B A
B20 A20
1
2 NC
3

1 1 1 1 HF 82 HF 80 J122
2 2 2 2 J125BJ125A J101 J134 J124 J121 J102 J120 J106 J115 J130 J116 J122 J105 J123 J104 J114 J117 J119
J107
ET3 J125WH
ET4 H3
J5106F

J5106M

J5109F

J5109M
FT13

FT15

FT17

FT19

120V & 200V SW1 Cassette heater


NC 2

FT41 FT43
2 DC controller PCB
J5105M

2 2
J5105F

1
3

J5108M

J5107M

Environment heater
J5108F

J5107F

FT42 FT44 TMDA11 1 1


J5102M

J11 TP3 ET7 3


1 1 NC NC 1 1 NC 3
J5102F
J5102M

FT122 FT121
J132B SW_CUT J103 J112 J113 J118 J132A J131B J131A J111B J111A J110B J110A J109B J109A J108B J108A
FT14

FT16

FT18

FT20

ET1 2 2 2 2 2 2
200V 3 3 3 3 1 1 J132H J131H J111H J110H J109H J108H
200V
RL3_OFF 1
SSR2_OFF 2
3
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

3
2
3 RLCHK24V 1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

MT2 4 4 4 4
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7 NC

1
2
3
4
5
6
7 NC

1
2
3
4
5
6
7 NC

1
2
3
4
5
6
7 NC

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6
FRK_ON
H1_ERR

H2_ERR
AC_RL
DC_RL
NC
+24VRET
+24VRET
+24VRET
NC
+24V

ET2 5 5 2 2 H6
H1_ON
H2_ON

J6270H
GND

GND

6 6 1 1
KSDATA6
KSDATA5
KSDATA4
KSDATA3
KSDATA2
KSDATA1
KSDATA0
SLED_SNS*
KSCLK
GND
KSRST
GND
KFAI-S
GND
KFAI-2
GND
KFAI-1
GND
KFAI-I
KVGA

CSDATA6
CSDATA5
CSDATA4
CSDATA3
CSDATA2
CSDATA1
CSDATA0
SLED_SNS*
CSCLK
GND
CSRST
GND
CFAI-S
GND
CFAI-2
GND
CFAI-1
GND
CFAI-I
CVGA

MSDATA6
MSDATA5
MSDATA4
MSDATA3
MSDATA2
MSDATA1
MSDATA0
SLED_SNS*
MSCLK
GND
MSRST
GND
MFAI-S
GND
MFAI-2
GND
MFAI-1
GND
MFAI-I
MVGA

YSDATA6
YSDATA5
YSDATA4
YSDATA3
YSDATA2
YSDATA1
YSDATA0
SL_SNS*
YSCLK
GND
YSRST
GND
YFAI-S
GND
YFAI-2
GND
YFAI-1
GND
YFAI-I
YVGA
FT38

GND
1 GND
2 NC

J5110M J5110F J6270L


H7
1
NC 2
3
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1 1 1 1

ATR_K
ATR_CNT_K

PKTVCC
PKTK_OK
PULLUP5V
GND<PKT>

PKT_DAIN
PKT_DAOUT
PKT_SK
PKTCSK

+24<ATR>
GND<ATR>

ATR_C
ATR_CNT_C

PKTVCC
PKTC_OK
PULLUP5V
GND<PKT>

PKT_DAIN
PKT_DAOUT
PKT_SK
PKTCSC

+24<ATR>
GND<ATR>

ATR_M
ATR_CNT_M

PKTVCC
PKTM_OK
PULLUP5V
GND<PKT>

PKT_DAIN
PKT_DAOUT
PKT_SK
PKTCSM

+24<ATR>
GND<ATR>

ATR_Y
ATR_CNT_Y

PKTVCC
PKTY_OK
PULLUP5V
GND<PKT>

PKT_DAIN
PKT_DAOUT
PKT_SK
PKTCSY

+24<ATR>
GND<ATR>
3
2
1

J6103D J6205D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

2 2 2 2 J6270D
CB1

J6103H J6205H
J6151F J6270H
H3 J6205L
J5106F

J5106M

J5109F

J5109M

1
2

J6151M
FT23 J6270L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

J6287F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Cassette heater
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
NC 1
2
2 NC 3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RL1
FT37

J6287M
FT21 FT25 J6312D J6311D J6310D J6309D
FT11

3 3
FT151 1
2
FT7

FT9

NC 2 NC J6312H J6311H J6310H J6309H


FT152
1
2
3
4
5

FT22 FT24

J6266FA

J6265FB

J6265FA

J6264FB

J6264FA

J6263FB
NC
NC
NC
NC

NC 1

NC 6
NC 5
NC 4
NC 3

NC 9
NC 8
NC 7
NC 6

NC 1

NC 6
NC 5
NC 4
NC 3

NC 9
NC 8
NC 7
NC 6

NC 1

NC 6
NC 5
NC 4
NC 3

NC 9
NC 8
NC 7
NC 6

NC 1

NC 6
NC 5
NC 4
NC 3
PLG1 FT1 FT3 FT5 1 1 J6312L J6311L J6310L J6309L
<HOT>

J6266FB

J6263FA
FT26
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

11
10

10

11
10

10

11
10

10

11
10

10
SD2

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6269

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2

9
8
7

2
1

5
4
3
2

9
8
7

2
1

5
4
3
2

9
8
7

2
1

5
4
3
2

9
8
7

2
1
<NUT> ECO_SW FT123 FT124 J6204
J6287F
J6287M
SD4 SD1

SW2
2
FT27
SSR1 SSR2 RL3 P3 P4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P1 P2
J6266H
P3 P4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P1 P2 P3 P4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P1 P2 P3 P4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P1 P2
FT28 J6265H J6264H J6263H
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P3 P4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P1 P2 P3 P4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P1 P2 P3 P4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P1 P2 P3 P4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P1 P2
SD5

FT2 FT4 FT6 J6266M J6265M J6264M J6263M


J5103M

J5104M
J5103F

J5104F

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J6308 J6306 J6304 J6302 J6259 J6256 J6253
FT36

FT35

J6262 J6261 J6258 J6255 J6252


2
1

TP1

1
2
3 NC

1
2

1
2
3 NC

1
2

1
2
3 NC

1
2

1
2
3 NC

1
2
J6101M 1 1 FT32 FT34 Exposure LED Bk Exposure LED C Exposure LED M Exposure LED Y
FT8

FT10

FT12

120V & 200V 200V J6101F 2 2


1 1 EEPROM_K EEPROM_C EEPROM_M EEPROM_Y
2 2 J6307 J6305 J6303 J6301
2
1

FT5 3 3
FT1 3 3
<HOT> 4 4 FT31 FT33
4 4
10

10

10

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
<NUT>
FT2 H1
+5VS 1
+5VS 2
GND 3
GND 4

+5VS 1
+5VS 2
GNDS 3
GNDS 4
FT26

FT27

FT28

GND 1
GND 2
GND 3
GND 4
GND 5
+5V 6
+5V 7
+5V 8
+5V 9
+5V 10

GND 1
GND 2
GND 3
GND 4
GND 5
+5V 6
+5V 7
+5V 8
+5V 9
+5V 10

GND 1
GND 2
GND 3
GND 4
GND 5
+5V 6
+5V 7
+5V 8
+5V 9
+5V 10

GND 1
GND 2
GND 3
GND 4
GND 5
+5V 6
+5V 7
+5V 8
+5V 9
+5V 10
FT125 FT126 FT29 FT30

FT6 MAIN(UPPER)
MT1 H2
MT3 MT4 J3504 J3505 J3506 J3503 J3502 J3501

4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1
MT141MT142
J6260 J6257 J6254 J6251
SUB(UPPER) LED power supply PCB
ATR_K ATR_C ATR_M ATR_Y
S19 S18 S17 S16

A-11P
4 Cassette Pedestal General Circuit Diagram

Printer unit

J2000A J2000 J2000B J2001 J2001B

A 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 C 1 2 3 4 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A C 1 2 3 4 B 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FG
GND
+24V
+5V

RXOUTEN*
TXDATA
TXLOAD*
RXDATA
RXEND*
GND
CLOCK
NC
NC

NC

NC

NC
MT3
M4

MT5
M4
1 2 J2011L
J2011H

NC
2 1 J2011D
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
J650 J651

ET1
ET2 MT4
MT2
Pedestal controller PCB
M4
M4 FG
FG

TXOUTENB2N
REMOTE

RXLOAD2N
FNS-RXD3
FNS-TXD3

TXEND2N
(DUMMY)

RXDATA2
TXDATA2
CHOCLK
GND

J652 J655 J656 J657


+24V
GND
+38V
NC

NC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+24V

+24V
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
NC

NC
3 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 CN2 CN3 CN1 A C 4 3 2 1 B 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A C B
J2009A J2009 J2010 J2010B
Accessories power
supply PCB

M19_LCK*
Side paper deck

M19_SEL

M19_ON*
To finisher/sorter

S45_DT
+5VD

+24V
+24V
GND

GND
GND
OLT13(120V)
1 2 3 4 5 6
(120V/230V) 1 2 3 4 5 J2005D 3 2 1 J6571 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
OLT5(230V)
PLG12(120V) J2005H
J2017F
NC
NC
NC

MT6
PLG13(230V) M5
PLG14(UK) J2005L 3 2 1
OLT14(120V)
J2016D

PLG15(CA)
OLT16(230V)
MT7 J2006 3 2 1
M5
(120/230V) M
_
1 2

VPAS34_CL
VPAS34_SL
S45 M19
FG

S34_SIZE0
S34_SIZE1
S34_SIZE2
S34_SIZE3
S34_SIZE4

S35_SIZE0
S35_SIZE1
S35_SIZE2
S35_SIZE3
S35_SIZE4

S36_DT
S37_DT
S44_DT
S39_DT
S38_DT
S41_DT
S40_DT
S42_DT
S43_DT
M18_I0
M18_I1
Right door

M18_A
M18_B
+24VU
+5VD
GND
MT1 Pedestal main motor
open/closed sensor

ID34n
M5

GND

GND
OLT11
1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CB1 J2002D 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1601
FT1 FT2
J2016M

J2016F

J2002H S39 S41 S37


FT11
FT5
FT7
FT9

OLT12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PLG11 J2002L
Cassette 3 paper Cassette 4 paper Cassette 4
1 2
1 2

J2017F

J2017M

TWDA1 level L sensor level L sensor paper sensor


(100V)
FT6
FT8

(100V) S38 S40 S44


FT10
FT12

Pedestal pickup PCB


FT3 FT4 Cassette 3 paper Cassette 4 paper Vertical path
CB2
level H sensor level H sensor level sensor
J2018M
J2018F

(120V) J1605
J1602 J1603 J1604 1 2 3 J1607 J1608
PLG17 CB15 SW12 PLG16 CB13 SW11 H3
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3
J2108F

FT13 FT14 FT17 FT18 FT13 FT14 FT17 FT18


1 2

1 2

1 2

MT8

NC
NC

NC
NC
Pedestal heater
M5 (100V) (230V)
(120V)

S36_DT
FT15 FT16 FT15 FT16
CB16 CB14

+5VD
(100V)

GND
(230V) J2003D J2004D 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1

CL24_ON*

S42_DT

S43_DT
CB17 3 2 1

SL6_ON*
PLG18 SW13 J2003H J2004H
J2108F

+5VD

+5VD
M18_A*

M18_B*
FT17 FT18 FT19 FT20 J1606

+24VU

+24VU

GND

GND
M18_A

M18_B
1 2

MT8 1 2 3 4 5 6 J2003L J2004L 1 2 3 4 5 6


J2007 3 2 1 J2008 3 2 1
M5 _
1

M CL
J2019F

J2019M

6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 SL Q1604
J1740-3 J1740-4 M18 CL24 SL6 S36 S42 S43
Pickup motor Pickup clutch Pickup solenoid Cassette 3 Cassette 3 Cassette 4
Cassette 3 size sensor Cassette 4 size sensor paper sensor pickup sensor pickup sensor
S34 S35

A-13P
APPENDIX

5 Special Tools
You will need the following special tools in addition to the standard tools set:

No. Tool name Tool No. Rank Shape Uses


1 Digital multimeter FY9-2002 A For making electrical
checks; e.g., for
adjustment of the
laser intensity in
combination with the
laser power checker.

2 Door switch TKN-0093 A

3 Meter extension pin FY9-3038 A For making electric


checks (in combina-
tion with the digital
multimeter).

4 Meter extension pin FY9-3039 A For making electric


(L-tipped) checks (in combina-
tion with the digital
multimeter).

5 Environment TKN-0456 B For checking the


sensor checker environment sensor.

TA-500-01

A-15P
APPENDIX

No. Tool name Tool No. Rank Shape Uses


6 Environment TKN-0457 B For checking the
measurement PCB environment
checker measurement PCB.

7 Mirror positioning FY9-3040- B For adjusting the


tool (front, rear) 000 position of the No. 1/
No. 2 mirror (dis-
tance; used in combi-
nation).

8 Adjusting spanner FY9-1027- B For adjusting the level


000 of the reader unit.

TA-500-02

A-16P
APPENDIX

6 Solvents and Oils


No. Name Uses Composition Remarks
1 Alcohol Cleaning: e.g., glass, Fluoride family hy- • Do not bring near fire.
plastic, rubber; exter- drocarbon, Alcohol, • Procure locally.
nal covers Surface activating • Isopropyl alcohol may be
agent, Water substituted.
2 Solvent Cleaning: e.g., metal; Fluoride family hy- • Do not bring near fire.
oil stains, toner stains drocarbon, Chlorine • Procure locally.
family hydrocarbon,
Alcohol
3 Heat-resisting Lubricating: e.g., fix- Mineral family • Tool No.: CK-0427
grease ing drive mechanism lithium soap, Molyb- (500 g/can)
denum disulfide
4 Lubricating oil Mineral oil (paraffin • Tool No.: CK-0524 (100 cc)
family)
5 Lubricating oil Lubricating: e.g., Silicone oil • Tool No.: CK-0551
drive mechanism,
sliding mechanisms
6 Drum cleaning Cleaning: photosen- Cerium oxide • Tool No.: CK-0429
powder sitive drum
7 Lubricating oil Lubricating: scanner Silicone oil • Tool No.: FY9-6011 (50 cc)
rail
8 Conducting Lubricating: drum Polyether, • Tool No.: FY9-6008 (10 g)
grease heater contact Polytetrafluoro-
ethylene

TA-600-01

A-17P
Service Mode

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000
SERVICE MODE

1 Outline
1.1 Construction of Service Mode
The service mode screens have a 3-layer construction: Initial screen, Level 1/Level 2
screen, and Level 3 screen.

User screen

( )(2,8)( )
Reset key

Initial screen
Reset key

Select an item.

Level 1/Level 2 From


screen Level 1/
Level 2
screen

Select a Level 1 item at the top of the screen.


Select a Level 2 item from items indicated.

Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Level 3 screen

Previous/ Previous/ Previous/


Next page Next screen Next screen

F00-101-01

S-1
SERVICE MODE

The machine’s service mode is classified into the following seven modes:

COPIER
FEEDER
DISPLAY Control display mode
SORTER
I/O I/O display mode
BOARD
ADJUST Adjustment mode

FUNCTION Operation/inspection mode

OPTION Settings mode

TEST Test print mode

COUNTER Counter mode

F001-101-02

S-2
SERVICE MODE

1.2 Starting the Service Mode

If you want to operate the machine using its service mode, be sure to dis-
connect the cable connected to the external controller before starting service
mode.
In particular, if the external controller sends a print job while the copier is
executing a function in service mode, the possible malfunction can at times
damage the copier.

1) Press the asterisk key * on the control panel.


2) Press ‘2’ and ‘8’ on the keypad at the same time.
3) Press the asterisk key * on the control panel.
The above will bring up the following initial screen:

Copier service mode


COPIER

ADF service mode FEEDER


nIf installed.
SORTER
Sorter/finisher service mode
nIf installed. BOARD
Accessory board service mode
nIf installed.

F00-102-01

S-3
SERVICE MODE

1.3 Ending the Service Mode


Press the Reset key once to return to the service mode Initial screen (F00-102-01).
Press the Reset key twice to end the service mode and return to the User (standard)
screen.

If you have used any of the following service modes, be sure to turn off and
then on the main power switch after ending the mode: ADJUST, FUNC-
TION, OPTION.

1.4 Backing Up the Service Mode


Before shipment from the factory, each machine is adjusted individually, and the adjust-
ment values are recorded on its service labels:
• reader controller PCB service label (found behind the reader unit front lower cover)
• system controller PCB/DC controller PCB service label (found on the service documenta-
tion case behind the printer unit front cover; see the diagram)
If you have replaced the reader controller PCB, system controller PCB, or DC controller
PCB, be sure to detach the EEPROM from each PCB and attach it to the new PCB.
If you have cleared the RAM, on the other hand, the ADJUST and OPTION settings will
all return to the factory settings. If you have made adjustments in the field and changed the
service mode settings during the work, be sure to record the new settings on the service la-
bels. (If an appropriate column is not found on the label, use its blank space.)
Mounting screw

Service documentation case

F00-104-01

S-4
SERVICE MODE

1.5 Basic Operation


1.5.1 Initial Screen

COPIER
Initial items
FEEDER
Touch an item to
select.
SORTER

BOARD

F00-105-01

1.5.2 Level 1/Level 2 screen

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter


Level 1 item

Touch an item to VERSION


select.
USER

ACC-STS

ANALOG
Level 2 item
CST-STS
Touch an item to
select. JAM

ERR

F00-105-02

S-5
SERVICE MODE

1.5.3 Level 3 Screen


Page number

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter


<VERSION> < 1/3 > < READY >
Level 2
item DC-CON
Machine display
IP READY: Servicing/copying operation
PANEL ready
JAM: Paper jam present
ANAPRO SERVICE: Servicing operation under way
POWER WAITING: Initial rotation or the like
under way
DOOR: Door open
Level 3 COPYING: Copying operation under way
item
ERROR: Error present
NO TONER: Toner absent
WTNR FUL: Waste toner case full
PREV NEXT +/- OK

To previous page
To next page

F00-105-03

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

<ADJ-XY> < 1/3 > < READY >


ADJ-X xxxxx ← (yyyyy) {aaaaa~bbbbb}

Press an item to Value input range


highlight. Value before
change
ADJ-X Input value

PREV NEXT +/- OK

To validate input value

To switch between + and -


Stop key: press to stop the ongoing operation.

Clear key: press to clear a numeric value.

Start key: press to make copies without ending the service mode.

F00-105-04

S-6
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
2 DISPLAY (status indication mode)
2.1 COPIER/PRINTER
The following figure shows the COPIER>DISPLAY screen:

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

VERSION CCD

USER

ACC-STS DENS

ANALOG

CST-STS SENSOR

JAM MISC

ERR ALARM-1

F00-201-01

S-7
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<VERSION>

Use it to indicate the ROM version of each PCB (machine and accessory).
EX: <R-CON XX.YY>, while XX indicates a version number and YY, an R&D control
number.
R-CON
Indicates the ROM version of the reader controller PCB.
S-CON
Indicates the ROM version of the system controller PCB.
DC-CON
Indicates the ROM version of the DC controller PCB.
PANEL
Indicates the ROM version of the control penal controller PCB.
ECO
Indicates the ROM version of the ECO PCB.
FEEDER
Indicates the ROM version of the DADF controller PCB.
SORTER
Indicates the ROM version of the sorter controller PCB/finisher controller
PCB.
PS/PCL
Indicates the ROM version of the PDL board.
PS/KANJI
Indicates the ROM version of the PDL board.
PS
Indicates the ROM version of the PDL board.

S-8
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<USER>

Use it to make settings related to the indications on the screen of the control panel.
LANGUAGE
Language used/destination of shipment
EX: <LANGUAGE XXYY.ZZ.aa>
XX: country
YY: language
ZZ: 00=CANON, 01=others
aa: 00: AB series, 01=Inch series, 02=A series, 03=all sizes

S-9
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<ACC-STS>

Use it to indicate the state of connection of accessories.


FEEDER
Indicates the state of connection of the feeder.
0: absent, 1: present
SORTER
Indicates the state of connection of the sorter.
0: absent, 1: present.
DECK
Indicates the state of connection of the paper deck.
0: absent, 1: present
EDITOR
Indicates the state of connection of the editor.
0: absent, 1: present
CARD
Indicates the state of connection of the control card.
0: absent, 1: present (or, shorting connector is connected)
DATA-CON
Indicates the state of connection of the copy data controller.
0: absent, 1: copy data controller present, 2: NE controller present
PCB
Indicates the state of connection of various boards.
1: PDL board, 2: duplex driver PCB (other numerals not used)

S-10
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<ANALOG>

Use it to indicate the measurement reading of analog sensors.


TEMP
Indicates the machine inside temperature (by environment sensor).
HUM
Indicates the machine inside humidity (by environment sensor).
ABS-HUM
Indicates the moisture content (by environment sensor).
FIX-C
Indicates the temperature of the fixing roller (by main thermistor).

<CST-STS>

Use it to indicate how the manual feed tray is being used.


WIDTH-MF
Indicates the size and the width (mm) of paper placed on the manual feed
tray.

S-11
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<JAM>

Use it to indicate jam data.

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter


< JAM > < 1/7 > < READY >
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

PREV NEXT

F00-201-02

AAA
Indicates the numbers of jams.
1 to 50 (The higher the number, the older the jam.)
BBBB, CCCC, DDDD
Not used.
E
Indicates the location of the jam.
0: machine, 1: feeder, 2: sorter
FFff
Indicates jam codes.
FF: jam type (T00-201-01), ff: jam sensor (T00-201-02)

S-12
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
G
Indicates the source of paper. (T00-201-06)
HHHHHH
Indicates the holder for COUNTER>PICKUP.
IIIII
Indicates the size of paper.

S-13
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
FF: type of jam

Code Type
01ff Delay jam
02ff Stationary jam
03ff Timing jam
10ff Residual jam at power-on
11ff Front cover open jam
00ff Jam in accessory

T00-201-01

ff: jam sensor


Code Sensor
FF01 Pre-registration sensor (S12)
FF02 Vertical path sensor (S11)
FF03 Cassette 1 pickup senor (S9)
FF04 Cassette 2 pickup sensor (S10)
FF05 Vertical path paper sensor (S44)
FF06 Cassette 3 pickup sensor (S42)
FF07 Cassette 4 pickup sensor (S43)
FF08 Deck feed sensor (PS106)
FF09 Deck pickup sensor (PS101)
FF20 Transparency sensor (S13/S14)
FF31 Post-registration sensor (S52)
FF32 Fixing assembly inlet sensor (S25)
FF33 Internal delivery sensor (S27)
FF34 External delivery sensor (S28)
FF61 Delivery vertical path sensor (S29)
FF62 Duplex unit inlet sensor (S30)
FF63 Duplex unit lower sensor (S33)
FF64 Re-pickup sensor (S31)

T00-201-02

“0231” (jam by wrong paper size setting)


The paper moved to the transfer belt is shorter in feeding length than the one selected.

S-14
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
Sorter/Finisher/DADF Jam Code
ff: jam sensor (sorter-related)
Code Sensor
0003 Delivery sensor (PS1)/non-sort path sensor (PI11): feed delay jam
0004 Delivery sensor (PS1)/non-sort path sensor (PI11): feed stationary jam
0006 Stapler jam
0007 Power-on jam
0008 Door open jam

T00-201-03

ff: jam sensor (finisher-related)


Code Sensor
0005 Timing jam
0006 Stapler jam
0007 Power-on jam
0008 Door open jam
0011 Inlet sensor (PI1): feed delay jam
0012 Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI17): feed delay jam
0013 Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI14): feed delay jam
0014 Delivery sensor (PI3): feed delay jam
0021 Inlet sensor (PI1): feed stationary jam
0022 Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI17): feed stationary jam
0023 Buffer path paper sensor (PI14): feed stationary jam
0024 Delivery sensor (PI3): feed stationary jam
0025 Stapler tray sensor (PI4): feed stationary jam

T00-201-04

S-15
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
ff: jam sensor (DADF-related)

Code Sensor
0001 Original tray sensor (S1)/pickup sensor (S7) original extraction
0002 Pickup sensor (S7): pickup delay jam
0003 Registration paper sensor (S3)/pickup sensor (S7): registration delay jam
0005 Pickup sensor (S7): pickup stationary jam
0011 Reversal sensor (S8): reversal sensor delay jam
0012 Reversal sensor (S8): reversal sensor stationary jam
0041 Delivery sensor (S6): delivery sensor delay jam
0042 Delivery sensor (S6): delivery sensor stationary jam
0081 DF open jam (DF in operation)
0082 Upper cover sensor (S4): upper cover open jam (DF in operation)
0083 Original tray paper sensor (S1):when two or more originals are used, the original
tray paper sensor (S1) is off for 2 sec or more after
the pickup motor has turned on.
0084 All sensors: power-on jam
0088 Reversal sensor (S8): residual paper detection
0091 DF open jam (during image scanning)
0092 Upper over sensor (S4): upper cover open jam (during image scanning)
0093 Recirculation sensor (S14): the recirculating lever made an idle swing in spite of
the presence of an original on the original tray.

T00-201-05

G: source of paper

Code Description
1 Cassette 1
2 Cassette 2
3 Cassette 3
4 Cassette 4
5 Side paper deck
6 Manual feed tray
7 Duplex unit

T00-201-06

S-16
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<ERR>

Use it to indicate error data.

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter


< ERR > < 1/7 > < READY >
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

PREV NEXT

F00-201-03

AAA
Indicates the numbers of errors.
1 to 50 (The larger the number, the older the error.)
BBBB, CCCC, DDDD
Not used.
EEEE
Indicates error codes.
See the descriptions in “Error Codes.”
FFff
Indicates detail codes.
If none, “0000”.

S-17
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
G
Indicates the location.
0: machine, 1: feeder, 2: finisher

S-18
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<CCD>

Use it to indicate measurements related to the CCD.


TARGET-B
Indicates the shading target value of BLUE.
If normal, “237.”
TARGET-G
Indicates the shading target value of GREEN.
If normal, “237.”
TARGET-R
Indicates the shading target value of RED.
If normal, “237.”
BOF-B
Indicates the output of the BLUE CCD when the scanning lamp remains
off.
Display <BOF-B xx/yy>
xx: odd-number bit measurement (if normal, “6” to “9”)
yy: even-number bit measurement (if normal, “6” to “9”)
BOF-G
Indicates the output value of the RED CCD when the scanning lamp re-
mains off.
Display <BOF-G xx/yy>
xx: odd-number bit measurement (if normal, “6” to “9”)
yy: even-number bit measurement (if normal, “6” to “9”)
BOF-R
Indicates the output value of the RED CCD when the scanning lamp re-
mains off.
Display <BOF-R xx/yy>
xx: odd-number bit measurement (if normal, “6” to “9”)
yy: even-number bit measurement (if normal, “6” to “9”)
OFST-OB
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of BLUE for the odd-number bits
of the CCD.
If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-
pected in the CCD unit.

S-19
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
OFST-OG
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-number
bits of the CCD.
If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-
pected in the CCD unit.
OFST-OR
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of RED for the odd-number bit
of the CCD.
If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-
pected in the CCD unit.
OFST-EB
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of BLUE for the even-number
bits of the CCD.
If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-
pected in the CCD unit.
OFST-EG
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-number
bits of the CCD.
If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-
pected in the CCD unit.
OFST-ER
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of RED for the even-number bits
of the CCD.
If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-
pected in the CCD unit.
GAIN-OB
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of BLUE for the odd-number bits
of the CCD.
If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-
ment may be suspected.

S-20
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
GAIN-OG
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of GREEN for the odd-number
bits of the CCD.
If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-
ment may be suspected.
GAIN-OR
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of RED for the odd-number bits of
the CCD.
If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-
ment may be suspected.
GAIN-EB
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of BLUE for the even-number bits
of the CCD.
If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-
ment may be suspected.
GAIN-EG
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-number
bits of the CCD.
If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-
ment may be suspected.
GAIN-ER
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of RED for the even-number bits
of the CCD.
If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-
ment may be suspected.

S-21
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<DENS>

Use it to indicate the concentration of the developer inside the developing machine.
DENS-Y/M/C/K
Indicates the measurement of the developer concentration.
Indicates the difference from the target value in %.
Optimum: -1.5% to 1.5%
DMAX-Y/M/C/K
Indicates the measurement of the density of solid areas.
Indicates the average of test pattern densities showing the degree of differ-
ence from the target value of the solid density read at time of auto gradation
correction in user mode.
Optimum: DMAX-Y: 188 to 245
DMAX-M: 207 to 265
DMAX-C: 227 to 283
DMAX-K: 226 to 284
VRATE-Y/M/C/K
Indicates the correction value of the contrast potential.
Indicates the degree of correction to be made to the contrast potential (in %)
as a result of executing auto gradation correction.
Optimum: 70% to 130%
INIT-SIG-Y/M/C/K
Indicates the density signal level of initial developer.
Indicates the initial developer concentration signal level at last printing
(concentration signal level is corrected to suit the environment and wear).
Optimum: 104 to 188

S-22
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<SENSOR>

Use it to indicate the state of sensors.


SC-HP
Indicates the output of the scanner HP sensor.
1: Scanner at HP, 0: Scanner not at HP
WEB
Indicates the output of the web length sensor.
0: Web length alarm not detected, 1: Web length alarm detected
DOC-SZ
Indicates the size of the original detected by the original side sensor.

<MISC>

Use it to indicate other information.


ENV-TR
Indicates the type of environment.
Checks the environment (temperature/humidity) inside the printer unit, and
indicates the type of environment for transfer control.
0: Low humidity environment,
1: Normal humidity environment,
2: High humidity environment

S-23
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<ALARM1>

Use it to indicate alarm data.

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter


< ALRM-1 > < 1/1 > < READY >
DF 00
SORTER ww xx yy zz
P-KIT-Y
P-KIT-M
P-KIT-C
P-KIT-K

PREV NEXT

F00-201-04

DF
Indicates an ADF alarm.
For details of codes, see the ADF Service Manual.
SORTER
Indicates a sorter/finisher alarm.
For details of codes, see the Sorter/Finisher Service Manual.
w: Finisher stapler alarm
xx: Saddle stitcher stapler alarm
yy: Stack alarm
zz: Tray alarm
P-KIT-Y/M/C/K
Drum Unit Wear Index
When a new drum unit is installed, the indication will be ‘0%’. Thereafter,
the percentage indication will increase as wear advances.

S-24
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
IMG-DT-Y/M/C/K
Image Ratio of Copy/Print Job (average of past jobs)
Use This data is used when setting the timing at which the following message is
indicated: “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit” and “Replace
the Drum Unit.”
Reference If the image ratio for copy/print jobs is low, the drum unit will last so much
longer; in this respect, the timing of indication may be delayed for users
making copies/prints with a low image ratio.
CRY-AVE
Copy/print Job Count (average of past jobs)
Use This data is used when setting the timing at which the following message is
indicated: “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit” and “Replace
the Drum Unit.”
Reference If the copy/print count is high, the drum unit will last so much longer; in
this respect, the timing of indication may be delayed for users using a high
copy/print count.

S-25
SERVICE MODE
FEEDER/EDITION>DISPLAY
2.2 FEEDER
Use it to indicate items under FEEDER>DISPLAY.
FEEDSIZE
Indicates the side of the original detected.

2.3 EDITOR
Use it to indicate the items under EDITOR>DISPLAY.
ED-X
Indicates the input coordinates in editor sub scanning direction (X) or mm
conversion value. (unit: 0.13 mm, approx.)
ED-Y
Indicates the input coordinates in editor main scanning direction (Y) or mm
conversion values. (unit: 0.13 mm approx.)

S-26
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3 I/O (I/O display mode)
The following is the COPIER>I/O screen; for the items (only those needed in the field)
are shown on the next page:

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

DC-CON

R-CON

IP

FEEDER

SORTER

S-CON

F00-300-01

<Guide to the Screen>

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

<DC-CON> < 1/3 > < READY >


P001 xxxxxxxx
P002 xxxxxxxx
P003 xxxxxxxx
P004 xxxxxxxx
P005 xxxxxxxx
P006 xxxxxxxx
P007 xxxxxxxx
P008 xxxxxxxx

bit 0
bit 7
address

F00-300-02

S-27
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.1 DC-CON
• DC Controller PCB (1/6)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P001 7 - -
6 FM4 Machine cooling fan lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
5 S15 Manual feed paper detection signal 0: Paper present
4 S11 Vertical path detection signal 0: Paper present
3 S12 Pre-registration paper detection signal 1: Paper present
2 S50 Transfer swing detection signal 2 1: ON (light-blocking
plate present)
1 S49 Transfer swing detection signal 1 1: ON (light-blocking
plate present)
0 S55 Vertical path door open/closed detection signal 0: Open
P002 7 S9 Cassette 1 pickup detection signal 1: Paper present
6 S5 Cassette 1 paper level H detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking
plate present)
5 S6 Cassette 1 paper level L detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking
plate present)
4 S3 Cassette 1 paper detection signal 0: Paper present
3 S10 Cassette 2 pickup detection signal 1: Paper present
2 S7 Cassette 2 paper level detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking
plate present)
1 S8 Cassette 2 paper level L detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking
plate present)
0 S4 Cassette 2 paper detection signal 0: Paper present
P003 7 FM2 Delivery fan locked detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
6 FM10 Kit drive cooling fan locked detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
5 M2 Pickup main motor locked detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
4 - -
3 S52 Post-registration paper detection signal 1: Paper present
2 WTS2 Waste toner full detection signal 1: Waste toner case
full or absent
1 FM1 Fixing fan locked detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
0 M20 Waste toner motor over-current detection signal 0: Overcurrent detected
P004 7 M16 Delivery main motor lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
6 SW3 Front door open/closed detection signal 1: Open
5 - -
4 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 4 0: ON
3 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 3 0: ON
2 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 2 0: ON
1 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 1 0: ON
0 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 0 0: ON

T00-301-01 (1/6)

S-28
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• DC Controller PCB (2/6)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P005 7 - -
6 - -
5 FM7 De-curling fan lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
4 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 4 0: ON
3 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 3 0: ON
2 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 2 0: ON
1 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 1 0: ON
0 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 0 0: ON
P006 7 M14 Cartridge motor Bk current detection 0: Error
6 M13 Cartridge motor C current detection 0: Error
5 M12 Cartridge motor M current detection 0: Error
4 M11 Cartridge motor Y current detection 0: Error
3 S23 Toner level Bk detection signal 1: Toner present
2 S22 Toner level C detection signal 1: Toner present
1 S21 Toner level M detection signal 1: Toner present
0 S20 Toner level Y detection signal 1: Toner present
P007 7 - -
6 S24 Web length detection signal 0: Web short
5 S26 Fixing assembly inlet arch detection signal 1: Paper present
4 S56 Face-down delivery unit release detection signal 1: Not installed
3 S29 Delivery vertical path detection signal 1: Paper present
2 S28 External delivery detection signal 1: Paper present
1 S27 Internal delivery detection signal 1: Paper present
0 S25 Fixing assembly inlet detection signal 1: Paper present
P008 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 S33 Reversal detection signal 1: Paper present
1 S30 Duplexing unit inlet detection signal 0: Paper present
0 S31 Re-pickup detection signal 1: Paper present

T00-301-01 (2/6)

S-29
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• DC Controller PCB (3/6)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P009 7 - PDL connection detection 0: Connected
6 S14 Transparency sensor rear detection signal 0: Paper present (plain
paper)
5 S13 Transparency sensor front detection signal 0: Paper present (plain
paper)
4 - Transfer unit connection detection 0: Connected
3 - Duplex driver PCB connection signal 0: Connected
2 SSR1 SSR1 error detection 1: Error
1 TH2 Fixing sub thermistor high-temperature error 1: Error
detection signal
0 TH1 Fixing main thermistor high-temperature error 1: Error
detection signal
P010 7 - Switch PCB (230-V model) connection detection 1: Connected
6 RL2 DC relay OFF detection 0: OFF
5 RL1 AC relay off detection 0: OFF
4 SW6 Face-down delivery unit connection detection 1: Connected
3 - Cartridge Bk detection 1: Use
2 - Cartridge C detection 1: Use
1 - Cartridge M detection 1: Use
0 - Cartridge Y detection 1: Use
P011 7 M20 Waste toner motor open circuit detection signal 1: Open circuit
6 - Fixing unit connection detection 1: Connected
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - -
0 - -
P012 7 - Shut-off detection 1: Error
6 - -
5 FM6 Power supply cooing fan lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - -
0 - -

T00-301-01 (3/6)

S-30
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• DC Controller PCB (4/6)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P013 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - -
0 - System controller PCB state detection
P014 7 S51 Transfer belt HP detection signal 0: Light-blocking
plate present
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - Serial communication flow (reception) 0: Reception
0 - -
P015 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - FROM_BUSY signal 0: Reset
0 - DF original replacement monitor
P016 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - Serial communication flow (transmission)
0 - -

T00-301-01 (4/6)

S-31
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• DC Controller PCB (5/6)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P017 7 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 2 0: ON
6 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 1 0: ON
5 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 0 0: ON
4 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 4 0: ON
3 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 3 0: ON
2 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 2 0: ON
1 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 1 0: ON
0 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 0 0: ON
P018 7 M19 Pedestal main motor clock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
6 S45 Right door open/closed detection signal 0: Open
5 S44 Vertical path paper detection signal 1: Paper present
4 - -
3 - Cassette pedestal connection detection 1: Connected
2 - -
1 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 4 0: ON
0 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 3 0: ON
P019 7 S40 Cassette 4 paper level H detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking
plate preset)
6 S41 Cassette 4 paper level L detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking
plate preset)
5 S38 Cassette 3 paper level H detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking
plate preset)
4 S39 Cassette 3 paper level L detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking
plate preset)
3 - -
2 - -
1 S37 Cassette 4 paper detection signal 0: Paper present
0 S36 Cassette 3 paper detection signal 0: Paper present
P020 7 S43 Cassette 4 pickup detection signal 1: Paper present
6 S42 Cassette 3 pickup detection signal 1: Paper present
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - -
0 - -

T00-301-01 (5/6)

S-32
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• DC Controller PCB (6/6)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P021 7 PS107 Deck paper supply position detection signal 1: Paper present
6 M101 Deck main motor PLL lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)
5 SL101 Deck pickup roller releasing solenoid drive signal 0: ON
4 PS106 Deck feed detection signal 1: Paper present
3 PS101 Deck pickup detection signal 1: Paper present
2 PS104 Deck lifter position detection signal 1: Pickup position
1 PS102 Deck paper absent detection signal 1: Paper present
0 SW100 Compartment open signal 0: ON
P022 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - Deck set detection signal 2 1: Set
3 PS109 Compartment open detection signal 0: Open
2 PS105 Deck set detection signal 1: Set
1 SW102 Deck lifter lower limit detection signal 1: Lower limit
0 PS108 Deck paper level detection signal 1: Paper prevent
P023 to P024 - -
P025 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - -
0 S32 Side registration detection signal 1: HP

T00-301-01 (6/6)

S-33
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.2 R-CON
• Reader Controller PCB (1/2)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P001 - - -
P002 7 PS6 Original size 3 signal 1: Original detected
6 PS5 Original size 2 signal 1: Original detected
5 PS4 Original size 1 signal 1: Original detected
4 PS3 Original size 0 signal 1: Original detected
3 - -
2 - -
1 - -
0 - -
P003 - - -
P004 7 LA1 Original scanning lamp error signal 1: Error
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 FM1 Power supply fan rotation detection signal 0: Rotating
0 PS2 Copyboard cover open/closed signal 0: Open
P005 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 KSW1 Control key switch signal 0: ON
1 - -
0 - -

T00-302-01 (1/2)

S-34
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Reader Controller PCB (2/2)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P006 7 - Accessories power supply signal 0: Supplied
6 LA1 Pre-heating ON signal 0: ON
5 LA1 Original scanning lamp ON signal 0: ON
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - LCD control panel reset signal 1: Reset
0 - -
P007 - - -
P008 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 H1 Original scanning lamp heater ON signal 0: ON
3 - -
2 - -
1 FM1 Power supply cooling fan drive signal 1: Rotating
0 - LCD control panel back-light ON signal 0: ON
P009 to P012 - -
P013 0 TH1 Original scanning lamp thermistor signal
P014 to P016 - -

T00-302-01 (2/2)

3.3 IP
• AP-IP PCB (1/1)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P001 to P020 - -

T00-303-01

S-35
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.4 S-CON
• System Controller PCB (1/2)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P001 7 - -
6 - CC-IV count 1: Count
5 - FCT mode
4 - Reader power remote 0: ON
3 - Reset signal to PDL 0: Reset
2 - Back-light ON signal for VGA 0: ON
1 - Pre-interrupt
0 - ASSIST connected 1: Connected
P002 7 - CPU check LED 1: ON
6 - DC-CAN serial communication flow
5 - PDL connection detection 0: Connected
4 - 0: Connected
3 - S-CON power ready (for R-CON)
2 - SCON communication ready (for R-CON)
1 - S-CON communication ready (for DC-CON)
0 - Registration ON request (pre-interrupt to DC-CON)
P003 7 - -
6 - -
5 - Communication for PC (ACK_98)
4 - Communication for PC (REQ_98)
3 - Serial communication for PC (reception)
2 - -
1 - Serial communication for PC (reception)
0 - -
P004 7 - CC-IV connection detection
6 -
5 - EEPROM BUSY signal
4 - ADF monitor output from reader unit
3 - DC-CON serial communication flow
2 - R-CON power ready
1 - S-CON communication ready
0 - DC-CON communication ready

T00-304-01 (1/2)

S-36
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• System Controller PCB (2/2)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P005 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - VGA LED ON/OFF signal
2 - Reset signal for 1/4 VGA
1 - Serial communication (reception) for VGA
0 - Serial communication for VGA (transmission)
P006 7 - -
6 - PDL interrupt
5 - DPRAM interrupt (R-CON)
4 - Registration ON check and interrupt by bi-Centronics
3 - Bi-Centronics communication
2 - Bi-Centronics communication
1 - FROM_BUSY signal
0 - -
P007 7 - 200Hz clock output
6 - S-CON address strobe
5 - S-CON read
4 - S-CON high light
3 - S-CON low light
2 - S-CON wait
1 - PDL slave power ready
0 - PDL master power ready
P008 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - Flash memory for S-CON SC signal
3 - Flash memory for S-CON CS signal
2 - DRAM for S-CON
1 - VGA connected 1: Connected
0 - DRAM for S-CON
P009 to P010 - -

F00-304-01 (2/2)

S-37
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.5 FEEDER
• Feeder (1/2)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P001 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 M3 Belt motor rotation direction signal 1: CW
2 - -
1 SL3 Paper deflecting plate solenoid drive signal 1: ON
0 SL1 Stopper plate solenoid drive signal 1: ON
P002 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 - -
2 S7 Pickup sensor signal 1: Original present
1 S6 Delivery sensor signal 1: Original present
0 S7 Pickup sensor signal 1: Original present
P003 7 - -
6 - -
5 S14 Re-circulation sensor signal 1: Original present
4 - -
3 - -
2 - -
1 - -
0 - -
P004 7 - -
6 - -
5 - -
4 S5 Pickup roller sensor 1: Original present
3 S13 Delivery motor clock sensor signal 1: Light-blocking
plate present
2 S11 Registration roller clock sensor 1: Light-blocking
plate present
1 S9 Feed motor clock sensor signal 1: Light-blocking
plate present
0 S10 Belt motor clock sensor signal 1: Light-blocking
plate present
P005 - - -

T00-305-01 (1/2)

S-38
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Feeder (2/2)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P006 7 M1 Pickup motor drive signal 1: ON
6 - -
5 - -
4 - -
3 M3 Belt motor drive signal 1: ON
2 - -
1 - -
0 - -
P007 7 SL2 Paper retaining solenoid drive signal 1: ON
6 CL Clutch drive signal 1: ON
5 BK Brake drive signal 1: ON
4 - -
3 - Original detection LED signal 1: ON
2 M4 Re-circulation motor drive signal 1: ON
1 M3 Belt motor rotation direction signal 1: CW
P008 7 - -
6 - -
5 MS1 DADF open/closed switch signal 0: Open
4 MS2 Upper cover switch signal 0: Open
3 S12 Delivery sensor 2 signal 1: Original present
2 SW3 Push switch 3 signal 1: ON
1 SW2 Push switch 2 signal 1: ON
0 SW1 Push switch 1 signal 1: ON
P009 - - -
P010 7 DSW1 DSW1-bit8 signal 1: ON
6 DSW1 DSW1-bit7 signal 1: ON
5 DSW1 DSW1-bit6 signal 1: ON
4 DSW1 DSW1-bit5 signal 1: ON
3 DSW1 DSW1-bit4 signal 1: ON
2 DSW1 DSW1-bit3 signal 1: ON
1 DSW1 DSW1-bit2 signal 1: ON
0 DSW1 DSW1-bit1 signal 1: ON

T00-305-01 (2/2)

S-39
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.6 COPIER
• Sorter (1/3)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P001 0 SW3 push switch 3 signal 1: ON
1 SW2 push switch 2 signal 1: ON
2 SW1 SW1-bit6 signal 1: ON
3 SW1 SW1-bit5 signal 1: ON
4 SW1 SW1-bit4 signal 1: ON
5 SW1 SW1-bit3 signal 1: ON
6 SW1 SW1-bit2 signal 1: ON
7 SW1 SW1-bit1 signal 1: ON
P002 0 S3 Key LED ON signal 1: ON
1 - -
2 S4 Staple absent LED signal 1: ON
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
P003 0 - Sorter response (ACK) signal
1 - Sorter request (REQ) signal
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 PI6 Joint sensor signal 1: Connected
6 PI2 Lead cam HP detection signal 1: HP
7 - 24V detection signal
P004 0 S2 Bin inside paper detection signal 1: Paper present
1 - -
2 - -
3 PI7 Stapler cover sensor signal 1: Open
4 PI8 Tapler HP detection signal 0: HP
5 PI9 Staple edging detection signal 0: Edging
6 MS5 Staple absent detection signal 1: Staple absent
7 MS6 Cartridge absent detection signal 1: Cartridge absent

T00-306-01 (1/3)

S-40
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Sorter (2/3)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P005 0 - -
1 - Host machine response (ACK) signal
2 - -
3 - -
4 PI11 Non-sort path paper detection signal 1: paper present
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
P006 0 - Sorter output (TXD) signal
1 - -
2 - Sorter input (RXD) signal
3 - -
4 - Host machine request (REQ) signal
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
P007 0 MS1 Joint switch signal 1: Connected
1 - -
2 PI5 Bin unit lower limit detection signal 0: Lower limit
3 MS3 Stapler safety detection signal 0: Obstacle present
4 PS1 Delivery paper detection signal 1: Paper present
5 MS4 Stapler unit swing HP detection signal 1: HP
6 MS2 Stapler cover switch signal 1: Closed
7 PI3 Guide bar HP detection signal 1: HP
P008 0 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON
1 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON
2 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON
3 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON
4 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON
5 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON
6 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON
7 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON

T00-306-01 (2/3)

S-41
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Sorter (3/3)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P009 0 Bin shift motor current detection signal Analog
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -

T00-306-01 (3/3)

• Finisher (1/4)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P010 0 - Stapler connection detection signal 0: Connected
1 MS9 Staple absent detection signal 0: Staple present
2 PI1 Inlet paper detection signal 0: Paper present
3 MS4 Shutter open detection signal 1: Closed
4 MS2, 6 Swing guide open detecting switch signal 0: Closed
5 MS5 Tray upper limit detecting switch signal 1: Upper limit
6 MS3 Tray safety switch signal 1: Safe
7 MS1, 7 Front door open detecting switch signal 0: Closed
P011 0 - -
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 M1 Feed motor phase A output
5 M1 Feed motor phase B output
6 M1 Feed motor phase A* output
7 M1 Feed motor phase B* output
P012 0 M3 Alignment motor phase A output
1 M3 Alignment motor phase B output
2 M3 Alignment motor current switch-over
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -

T00-306-02 (1/4)

S-42
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Finisher (2/4)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P013 0 - Buffer path paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
1 - Buffer inlet paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
2 - Front door open/closed sensor disconnection 1: Connected
detection
3 - Shift motor clock sensor disconnection detection 1: Connected
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
P014 0 - LED1 ON signal (*1) 1: ON
1 PI9 Tray lift motor clock sensor 1
2 M1 Feed motor clock
3 PI19 Tray lift motor clock sensor 1
4 - Shutter open sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
P015 0 - Stapler shift motor current witch 0: When ON
1 - Feed motor current switching 0: ON
2 - Stack detection start signal 1: Detection start
3 PS1 Height sensor
4 MS8 Staple cartridge detection 1: Cartridge present
5 PS1 Height sensor clock
6 - -
7 - -
P016 0 PI5 Shutter open detection signal 1: Open
1 PI8 Tray home position detection signal 1: HP
2 - LED2 ON signal 0: ON
3 PI10 Delivery motor clock signal
4 PI16 Front door open detection signal 0: Open
5 PI3 Delivery detection signal 0: Paper present
6 PI14 Buffer path paper detection signal 1: Paper present
7 PI17 Buffer path inlet paper detection signal 1: Paper present

*1: Common with LED1 on the finisher controller PCB.

T00-306-02 (2/4)

S-43
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Finisher (3/4)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P017 0 M2 Delivery motor PWM 0: ON
1 M2 Delivery motor CCW drive output 0: CCW
2 M5 Tray lift motor PWM 0: ON
3 M2 Delivery motor CW drive output 0: CW
4 M5 Tray lift motor down drive output 1: Down
5 M5 Tray lift motor up drive output 1: Up
6 M4 Stapler shift motor phase A output
7 M4 Stapler shift motor phase B output
P018 0 M6 Stapler motor CW output 1: CW
1 M6 Stapler motor CCW output 1: CCW
2 PI4 Stapler tray detection signal 1: Paper present
3 PI15 Joint detection signal 1: Connected
4 PI21 Stapler drive HP signal
5 PI18 Swing guide open detection signal 0: Open
6 PI7 Stapler HP detection signal 0: HP
7 PI6 Alignment plate HP detection signal 0: HP
P019 0 PI20 Staple tip detection signal 0: Staple present
1 TP1 Thermal switch signal 1: Temperature error
2 PI1 Tray 1 paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
3 PI2 Tray 2 paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
4 PI3 Tray 3 paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
5 PI1 Tray1 paper detection signal 0: Paper present
6 PI2 Tray 2 paper detection signal 0: Paper present
7 PI3 Tray 3 paper detection signal 0: Paper present
P020 0 - -
1 SL3 Buffer outlet solenoid drive signal 1: ON
2 SL4 Interrupt tray solenoid drive signal 1: ON
3 SL2 Buffer inlet solenoid drive signal 1: ON
4 SL1 Flapper solenoid drive signal 1: ON
5 SL5 Paddle solenoid drive signal 1: ON
6 - Solenoid timer (full suction) output
7 SL6 Wait solenoid drive signal 1: ON

T00-306-02 (3/4)

S-44
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Finisher (4/4)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P021 0 - Alignment guide HP sensor connector 1: Connected
disconnection detection
1 - Stapler tray paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
2 - Tray lift motor clock sensor connector 1: Connected
disconnection detection
3 - Joint sensor connector disconnection detection 1: Connected
4 - Stapler drive HP sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
5 - Tray HP sensor connector disconnection detection 1: Connected
6 - Inlet paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
7 - Swing guide open sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
P022 0 - -
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - Feed motor current switching 0: ON
P033 - - 24V output open circuit detection (*2)
P034 - - SW1-1, 2 See T00-306-03.
P035 - - SW1-3, 4 See T00-306-03.
P036 - - SW2, 3 See T00-306-03.

*2: If 110 or higher, the 24-V power supply is normal.

T00-306-02 (4/4)

Reading SW1-1,3/SW2 SW1-2,4/SW3


0 to 72 ON ON
73 to 104 OFF ON
105 to 190 ON OFF
191 to 255 OFF OFF

T00-306-03

S-45
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Saddle Stitcher (1/4)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P023 0 M6S Stitch motor (rear) CW signal 0: CW
1 M6S Stitch motor (rear) CCW signal 0: CCW
2 M7S Stitch motor (front) CW signal 0: CW
3 M7S Stitch motor (font) CCW signal 0: CCW
4 M2S Folding motor CW drive signal 0: CW
5 M2S Folding motor CCW drive signal 0: CCW
6 SLIS Flapper drive signal 1 0: ON
7 SL2S Flapper drive signal 2 0: ON
P024 0 - -
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - Pressure releasing solenoid drive signal 1: ON
5 SL4S Crescent roller contact solenoid drive signal 1: ON
6 - Solenoid timer (full suction) output 0: ON
7 M4S Paper positioning plate motor power 0: ON
P025 0 - 24V power supply down detection 1: Down
1 PI15S Paper retaining plate leading edge position 1: Leading edge
detection signal
2 PI11S Delivery detection signal 0: Paper present
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
P026 0 - Paper fold motor clock sensor
1 - Paper push-on plate motor clock sensor
2 PI14S Paper push-on plate HP detection signal 1: HP
3 PI5S Alignment guide HP detection signal 0: HP
4 PI13S Tray HP sensor 0: HP
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -

T00-306-04 (1/4)

S-46
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Saddle Stitcher (2/4)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P027 0 - -
1 - -
2 PI14S Paper holding plate HP detection signal 1: HP
3 PI5S Alignment guide HP detection signal 0: HP
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
P028 0 PI7S Paper position plate HP detection signal 0: HP
1 PI16S Stitcher in/out detection signal 0: In
2 PI9S Inlet cover open sensor connector detection 0: Connected
3 PI17S Vertical path paper sensor detection signal 0: Paper present
4 PI12S Crescent roller phase detection signal 1: Flag present
5 PI13S Guide HP detection signal 0: HP
6 - -
7 - -
P029 0 M4S Paper positioning plate motor phase A
1 M4S Paper positioning plate motor phase B
2 M8S Paper holding plate motor PWM
3 M1S Feed motor power 0: ON
4 M1S Feed motor phase A
5 M1S Feed motor phase B
6 M1S Feed motor reference clock
7 M8S Paper holding plate motor CCW 0: CCW
P030 0 M5S Alignment motor phase A
1 M5S Alignment motor phase B
2 M2S Folding motor PWM
3 M2S Paper retaining motor CW 0: CW
4 M3S Guide plate motor phase A
5 M3S Guide plate motor phase B
6 M3S Guide plate motor power 0: ON
7 M5S Alignment motor power 0: ON

T00-306-04 (2/4)

S-47
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Saddle Stitcher (3/4)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P031 0 - Alignment HP sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
1 - Paper fold HP sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected
detection
2 - Delivery door connector disconnection detection 1: Connected
3 - Front door open/closed sensor connector 1: Connected
disconnection detection
4 - Paper push-on plate sensor connector 1: Connected
disconnection detection
5 - Paper positioning HP sensor connector 1: Connected
disconnection detection
6 -
7 -
P032 0 PS1S Staple absent sensor (rear) 0: Staple absent
1 PS2S Staple absent sensor (front) 0: Staple absent
2 MS1S Inlet door switch 0: Open
3 MS2S Front door switch 0: Open
4 MS3S Delivery door switch 0: Open
5 MS2S Front door switch 0: Open
6 MS1S Inlet door switch 0: Open
7 MS3S Delivery door switch 0: Open
P037 0 AN0 Stitcher staple sensor (rear) When 66 or higher,
staple present
P038 0 AN1 Stitcher staple sensor (front) When 66 or higher,
staple present
P039 0 AN2 Tray paper detection signal When 80 or higher,
paper present
P040 0 AN3 Inlet cover sensor connector connection detection When 80 or higher,
connected
P041 0 AN4 Not used
P042 0 AN5 Guide HP sensor connector connection detection When 80 or higher,
connected
P043 0 AN6 Stitcher compartment sensor connector When 80 or higher,
connection signal connected
P044 0 AN7 Paper push-on plate leading edge position sensor When 80 or higher,
connector connection signal connected

T00-306-04 (3/4)

S-48
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
• Saddle Stitcher (4/4)

Address Bit Notation Description Remarks


P045 0 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit8
1 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit7
2 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit6
3 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit5
4 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit4
5 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit3
6 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit2
7 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit1

T00-306-04 (4/4)

S-49
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
4 Adjustment Mode (ADJUST)
4.1 COPIER/PRINTER

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

BLANK HV-ATT

AE V-COUNT

ADJ-XY PASCAL

CCD COLOR FEED-ADJ

HV-PRI CST-ADT

IMG-REG HV-TR

HV-SP MISC

DENS

F00-400-01

S-50
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<AE>

Use it to adjust AE mode.


AE-TBL
Use it to change the setting if you want to improve the reproduction of
characters or fine lines (high-density areas) in ‘AE mode with priority on
speed’.
It changes the γ curve used for processing in text mode to suit the selected
setting.
It is valid only in black-and-white/text mode.
Settings 1 to 9 (whole number)
Default 5
A higher setting makes text darker.
BT-TBL
Use it to change the setting if you want to improve the reproduction of
characters or fine lines (high-density areas) in ‘AE mode with priority on
image quality’.
It changes the γ curve used for processing in text mode to suit the setting.
It is good only in black-and-white/text mode.
Settings 1 to 9 (whole number)
Default 5
A higher setting makes text darker.

S-51
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<ADJ-XY>

Use it to adjust the image read start position.


ADJ-X
Use it to adjust the scanner image leading edge position (image read start
position in sub scanning direction).
• Use it to adjust the distance from the scanner HP sensor to the image read
start position.
Setting 0 to 32
Default Factory setting
A change by ‘8’ shifts the image by 1 mm
Image leading
Vertical edge sensor
size plate
Copyboard glass

Standard white plate

Lower setting Higher setting

F00-400-02
ADJ-Y
Use it to adjust the CCD read start position (image start position in main
scanning direction).
Setting 0 to 255
Default Factory setting
A change by ‘24’ shifts the image by 1 mm.

Lower setting

Higher setting Rear start position

Original

Vertical size plate

F00-400-03

S-52
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
Use it to adjust the image read start position.

1) Make the following selections: extension mode>shift>keypad input;


then, enter ‘left: 20 mm’ and ‘bottom: 20 mm’.
2) While the <ADJ-XY> screen is on the display, press the Copy Start key.
• As shown in the figure, a copy will be made with a shift of about 20
mm.
3) If part of the image is missing, decrease the setting of ADJ-X, ADJ-Y.
4) If part outside the image is copied, decrease the setting of ADJ-X, ADJ-
Y.

ADJ-Y 20

20

ADJ-X

F00-400-04

S-53
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<CCD>

Use it to make CCD-related adjustments.


W-PLT-X/Y/Z
Use it to enter the while level data of the standard white plate.
Default Factory setting
A-RG/B-RG
Use it to enter the color displacement correction value (correction depen-
dent on the reader unit) in RG sub scanning direction.
Default Factory setting
A-GB/B-GB
Use it to enter the color displacement correction value (correction depen-
dent on the reader unit) in GB sub scanning direction.
Default Factory setting
AL-RG
Use it to enter the color displacement correction (correction dependent on
the lens of the CCD unit) in RG sub scanning direction.
Default Factory setting
AL-GB
Use it to enter the color displacement value (correction dependent on the
lens of the CCD unit) in GB sub scanning direction.
Default Factory setting

S-54
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<IMG-REG>

Use it to adjust the image position. (Color displacement may be corrected using <color
displacement correction> in user mode. This mode is intended for entering data after replac-
ing the DC controller PCB.)
REG-H-Y/M/C
Use it to adjust the image write start position (main scanning direction; in
relation to the LED exposure unit).
• It keeps the Bk setting unchanged, while changing other color settings to
suit the Bk setting to correct color displacement.
Settings -70 to +70
Default Factory setting
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the rear by a single pixel.
REG-V-Y/M/C
Use it to adjust (coarse adjustment) the image write start position (sub scan-
ning direction; in relation to the LED exposure unit).
• It keeps the Bk setting unchanged, while changing other color settings to
suit the BK setting to correct color displacement.
Settings -48 to +48
Default Factory setting
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a single
pixel.
REG-VS-Y/M/C
Use it to adjust (fine adjustment) the image start position (sub scanning di-
rection; in relation to the LED exposure unit).
• It keeps the Bk setting unchanged, while changing other color settings to
suit the Bk setting to correct color displacement.
Settings -7 to +7
Default Factory setting
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a 1/16 pixel.

S-55
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<DENS>

Use it to enter a developer density signal level.


SGNL-Y/M/C/K
Use it to enter the initial density signal level of the developer.
Settings 0 to 255
Default 0
SIGG-Y/M/C/K
Use it to enter the initial density signal gain level of the developer for ATR
control.
Settings 0 to 255
Default 0

S-56
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<BLANK>

Use it to correct a non-image width.


BLANK-T
Use it to adjust the image mask position (sub scanning direction; in relation
to the LED exposure unit).
Settings 1 to 473
Default Factory setting
An increase by ‘1’ increases the non-image width (leading edge only) by a
single pixel.
BLANK-L
Use it to adjust the image mask position (sub scanning direction; in relation
to the LED exposure unit).
Settings 1 to 473
Default Factory setting
An increase by ‘1’ increases the non-image width (front edge only) by a
single pixel.
BLANK-R
Use it to adjust the image mask position (main scanning direction; in rela-
tion to the LED exposure unit).
Settings 1 to 473
Default Factory setting
An increase by ‘1’ increases the non-image width (rear edge only) by a
single pixel.
BLANK-B
Use it to adjust the image mask position (sub scanning direction; in relation
to the LED exposure unit).
Settings 1 to 473
Default Factory setting
An increase by ‘1’ increases the non-image width (rear edge only) by a
single pixel.

S-57
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<V-CONT>

Use it to adjust the contrast potential.


VCONT-Y/M/C/K
Use it to adjust the contrast potential.
Settings -8 to +8
Default 0
A higher setting makes the images darker.
VBACK-Y/M/C/K
Use it to adjust the de-fogging potential.
Settings -5 to +5
Default 0
A higher setting makes the images darker.

S-58
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<PASCAL>

Use it to adjust auto gradation correction.


P-OFST-Y/M/C/K
Use it to change the offset value of the solid density area target value for
auto gradation correction.
Settings -20 to +20
Default 0
A lower setting makes the solid density areas of images darker.
DMXCT-Y/M/C/K
Use it to specify whether to use the data occurring after auto gradation cor-
rection (data for solid density correction).
It is valid only when ‘1’ is set to OPTION>BODY>PASCAL.
If ‘0’, the data will not be used regardless of the setting.
Settings 0: Do not use data, 1: use data
Default 1
LUTCT-Y/M/C/K
Use it to specify whether to use data (for gradation area correction) occur-
ring after auto gradation correction.
It is valid only when ‘1’ is set to OPTION>BODY>PASCAL.
Settings 0: Do no use data, 1: use data
Default 1

S-59
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<COLOR>

Use it to adjust color balance.


ADJ-Y/M/C/K
Use it to make up for ‘color balance adjustment’ in user mode.
• Be sure that ‘0’ is set to ‘color balance adjustment’ in user mode.
Settings -8 to +8
Default 0
A higher setting makes the images darker.
OFST-Y/M/C/K
Use it to make up for light-area density.
Settings -8 to +8
Default 0
A higher setting makes the images darker.

S-60
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<HV-PRI>

Use it to adjust the injection charging assembly high voltage.


INJ-Y/M/C/K
Use it to adjust the injection AC bias.
If fogging occurs in the white background of an output (and if the fogging
still occurs when the setting of DENS-Y/M/C/K is correct and toner dis-
charge is forced in service mode), use it to adjust the injection AC bias.
Settings -2 to +2 (whole number)
Default 0
A higher setting increases the AC peak-to-peak voltage and, as a result, fog-
ging/ghosting will be reduced.
SUB-Y/M/C/K
Use it to adjust the auxiliary charging bias.
Use it to adjust the auxiliary bias if ghosting occurs.
Settings -2 to +2 (whole number)
Default 0
A higher setting increases the auxiliary charging bias (DC); as a result,
ghosting will be reduced.
SUB-Y/M/C/K-NI
Use it to adjust the auxiliary charging bias (non-image area).
Over time, toner tends to collect inside the injection changing assembly,
causing fogging. To prevent the problem, the auxiliary charging bias (non-
image area) may be adjusted using this mode item.
Settings -2 to +2 (whole number)
Default 0
A higher setting increases the auxiliary charging bias in discharge sequence
during last rotation and between sheets; as a result, discharge of toner from
the injection charging assembly is promoted.

S-61
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<HV-TR>

Use it to adjust the transfer high-voltage output.


(A higher setting increases the output.)
Default: 0
HV-TR
Use it to adjust the offset level of the transfer high voltage. The level under
each condition may be adjusted at the same time.
TR-N1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
TR-N2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
TR-T-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
TR-T-2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
TR-OHPL
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
low-humidity environment.
TR-S1-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity envi-
ronment.
TR-PO-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
TR-N1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal humidity envi-
ronment.
TR-N2N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity condition.
S-62
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
TR-T-1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-
ronment.
TR-T-2N
Use it to adjust the output of thick paper/double-sided copy (i.e., its 2nd
side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
TR-OHPN
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
normal-humidity environment.
TR-S1-1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(i.e., the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity
environment.
TR-PO-1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-
ronment.
TR-N1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-
ronment.
TR-N2H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
TR-T-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-
ronment.
TR-T-2H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
TR-OHPH
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
TR-S1-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity en-
vironment.

S-63
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
TR-PO-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-
ronment.
TR-K-N1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/single-
sided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-
humidity environment.
TR-K-N1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/single-
sided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-
humidity environment.
TR-K-N1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/single-
sided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-
humidity environment.
TR-K-N2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/double-
sided copy (i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
TR-K-N2N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/double-
sided copy (i.e., the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a nor-
mal-humidity environment.
TR-K-N2H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/double-
sided copy (i.e., the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-
humidity environment.

S-64
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<HV-SP>

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias.


Settings: -3 to +3
(A higher setting increases the output.)
Default: 0
SP-N1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
SP-N2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
SP-T-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
SP-T-2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
SP-OHP-L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
low-humidity environment.
SP-S1-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity envi-
ronment.
SP-PO-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
SP-N1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-
ronment.
SP-N2N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

S-65
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
SP-T-1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-
ronment.
SP-T-2N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
SP-OHP-N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
normal-humidity environment.
SP-S1-1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity
environment.
SP-PO-1N
Use it to adjust the output of a postcard/single-sided copy (or the 1st side of
a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
SP-N1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy
(1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environ-
ment.
SP-N2H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
SP-T-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-
ronment.
SP-T-2H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(or the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity en-
vironment.
SP-OHP-H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
high-humidity environment.
SP-S1-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity en-
vironment.

S-66
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
SP-PO-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-
ronment.

S-67
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<HV-ATT>

Use it to adjust the auxiliary feeding roller charging bias.


Settings: -4 to +4
(A higher setting increases the output.)
Default: 0

AT-N1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
AT-N2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
AT-T-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
AT-T-2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
AT-OHPL
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
low-humidity environment.
AT-S1-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity envi-
ronment.
AT-PO-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-
ment.
AT-N1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity con-
dition.
AT-N2N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

S-68
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
AT-T-1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-
ronment.
AT-T-2N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
AT-OHPN
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
normal-humidity environment.
AT-S1-1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity
environment.
AT-PO-1N
Use it to adjust the output of a postcard/single-sided copy (or the 1st side of
a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
AT-N1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-
ronment.
AT-N2H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
AT-T-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-
ronment.
AT-T-2H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
AT-OHPH
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
high-humidity environment.
AT-S1-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity con-
dition.

S-69
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
AT-PO-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (1st
side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

S-70
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<FEED-ADJ>

Use it to make feeder system-related adjustments.


LOOP-CST
Use it to adjust the level of arching when the cassette is used as the source
of paper.
If jams occur often over the pre-registration sensor, try increasing the set-
ting.
If paper tends to move askew, try increasing the setting.
Settings 0 to 360
A higher setting increases the arching.
Default Factory setting
ADJ-C1
Use it to adjust the image write position (in relation to the LED exposure
unit) in main scanning direction.
Settings -48 to 48
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the rear by a single pixel.
Default Factory setting
ADJ-REFF
Use it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED expo-
sure unit) in main scanning direction for re-pickup.
Settings -48 to 48
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the rear by a single pixel.
Default Factory setting
ADJ-VSYC
Use it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED expo-
sure unit) in sub scanning direction for plain paper.
Settings -48 to 48
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a single
pixel.
Default Factory setting
ADJ-V-OHP
Use it to adjust the image write position (in relation to the LED exposure
unit) in sub scanning direction for transparencies.
Settings -48 to 48
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the rear by a single pixel.
Default Factory setting

S-71
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
ADJ-V-SP
Use it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED expo-
sure unit) in sub scanning direction for special paper.
Settings -48 to 48
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a single
pixel.
Default Factory setting
ADJ-V-THC
Use it to adjust the image write start position in (in relation to the LED ex-
posure unit) in sub scanning direction for thick paper.
Settings -48 to 48
An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a single
pixel.
Default Factory setting

S-72
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<CST-ADJ>

Use it to make cassette-/manual feed tray-related adjustments. (The result of executing


FUNCTION>CST>MF-A4R/A6R/A4 is indicated in the form of a setting.)
MF-A4R
Use it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A4R)
Settings 0 to 1023
Default Factory setting
MF-A6R
Use it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A6R)
Settings 0 to 1023
Default Factory setting
MF-A4
Use it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A4)
Settings 0 to 1023
Default Factory setting

S-73
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<MISC>

Use it to make other adjustments.


SEG-ADJ
Use it to adjust the separation level for text and photos in text/photo/map
mode.
Settings -4 to +4
+: Tends to identify as photo.
-: Tends to identify as text.
Default 0
K-ADJ
Use it to adjust the black identification level for black character processing.
Settings -3 to +3
A higher setting leads to a higher incidence of identification as black.
Default 0
ACS-ADJ
Use it to adjust the level of color identification sensitivity for ACS.
Settings -3 to +3
+: Tends to identify as black original.
-: Tends to identify as color original.
Default 0
ACS-EN
Use it to adjust the ACS identification area (both main and sub scanning di-
rection).
Within the image read area in ACS, appreciable displacement along the
leading edge, trailing edge, and left/right (main scanning direction) tends to
cause wrong ACS identification. To free ACS identification from the effects
of color displacement, this mode item may be used to reduce displacement
ACS area.
Settings -2 to +2
+: Larger identification area (strong effects of color displacement)
-: Smaller identification area (weak effects of color displacement)
Default +1

S-74
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
ACS-CNT
Use it to adjust the area in which the pixels for identification of color in
ACS identification are counted.
Settings -2 to +2
+: Larger identification area. (An original tends to be identified as a color
original if it has fine colored line; on the other hand, the effects of color
displacement are strong.)
-: Smaller identification area (An original tends to be identified as a non-
color original unless it has color in a wide area; on the other hand, the
effects of displacement are weak.)
Default +1
TRAREA-1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
Use it to enter transfer belt thickness data.
Settings 600 to 900
Default Factory setting

S-75
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
4.2 FEEDER
The following items are available under FEEDER>ADJUST.
DOCST-RP
Use it to adjust the original stop position for bottom pickup.
Settings -100 to 100 (unit: 0.5 mm, default: 0)
1) Select this item, and place an original on the original tray.
2) Press the OK key. (The original will be fed.)
3) Open the DF slowly, and check the position of the original on the
copyboard glass.
• If the original is to the left of the reference point, increase the setting.
• If the original is to the right of the point, decrease the setting.

S-76
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
5 Operation/Inspection Mode (FUNCTION)
5.1 COPIER/PRINTER

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

INSTALL FIXING

CCD PANEL

PART-CHK

CLEAR
MISC-R

MISC-P

CST

CLEANING

F00-500-01

The state of the machine is indicated in the upper right of the screen. Pay attention to the
indication while servicing the machine; the following notations are used:
<READY> Ready for servicing/copying operation.
<SERVICE> Servicing operation under way.
<DOOR> Door open.
<WAITING> In wait.
<NO-PAPER> Paper absent.

S-77
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<INSTALL>

Use it for installation work.


STIR-Y/M/C/K
Use it to stir the developer inside the selected developing assembly.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.
STIR-4
Use it to stir all developer (all developing assemblies) at the same time.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.
SPLY-H-Y/M/C/K
Use it to send toner to the hopper from the selected toner cartridge.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 1 min 30
sec.
SPLY-H-4
Use it to send toner to the hoppers from all toner cartridges.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 1 min 30
sec.
STIR-CGY/CGM/CGC/CGK
Use it to stir the injection carrier inside the selected injection charging as-
sembly.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.

S-78
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
STIR-CG4
Use it to stir the injection carrier of all injection charging assembly.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.

<CCD>

Use it to execute CCD-related auto adjustments.


CCD-ADJ
Use it to adjust the gain for the analog processor (on the AP-IP PCB).
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically.

<CST>

Use it to execute cassette-/manual feed tray-related auto adjustments.


MF-A4R/A6R/A4
Use it to register the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray.
1) Place paper on the manual feed tray, and adjust the side guide to
the paper width.
2) Select this item to highlight.
3) Press the OK key.

S-79
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<CLEANING>

Use it to execute cleaning.


INJY/INJM/INJC/INJK-CLN
Use it to clean the selected injection charging assembly.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.
INJ4-CLN
Use it to clean all injection charging assemblies.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.
SUBY/SUBM/SUBC/SUBK-CLN
Use it to clean the auxiliary charging brush of the selected color.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 30 sec.
SUB4-CLN
Use it to clean all auxiliary brushes.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 30 sec.

S-80
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<FIXING>

Use it to execute fixing assembly-related auto adjustments.


NIP-CHK
Use it to generate a test print for measuring the fixing roller nip width.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The operation (of generating a test print) starts.
• Paper is picked up, stopped between the fixing rollers once, and then dis-
charged in about 20 sec.

S-81
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<PANEL>

Use it to check the operation of the control panel.


LCD-CHK
Use it to check the LCD for missing dots.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The entire face of the LCD turns on in white for several seconds and then
in blue for several seconds. (This operation is repeated.)
• To stop, press the Stop key.
LED-CHK
Use it to start a check on the activation of the LEDs on the control panel.
1) Select the item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The LEDs on the control panel will turn on in sequence.
• To stop the operation, press <LED-OFF>.
LED-OFF
Use it to end a check on the activation of LEDs on the control panel.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The LEDs on the control panel go off.
KEY-CHK
Use it to start a check on key inputs.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the key to check.
• The indication changes according to the key pressed (T00-500-01).
• To end this item and to move to the next item, <KEY-CHK> must be
pressed once again.

S-82
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
TOUCHCHK
Use it to adjust the coordinates on the control panel touch display (i.e., to
match the point of a press on the touch display and coordinates on the
LCD).
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• The LCD on the control panel will indicate ‘+’.
3) Press ‘+’.
• ‘+’ appears in different locations on the LCD. (Repeat these steps nine
times.)
• To end this item and move to the next item, <TOUCH CHECK> must be
pressed once again.

Key Indication on screen Key Indication on screen Key Indication on screen


Copy COPY Interrupt INTERRUPT Full color F-COLOR
Extension ETC 0 to 9, #, * 0 to 9, #, * Black BLACK
Reset RESET Clear CLEAR Start START
Guide ? ID ID Stop STOP
User mode M ACS ACS Power save STAND BY

T00-500-01

S-83
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<PAT-CHK>

Use it check the operation of various loads.


CL
Use it to select the clutch to check.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Enter the code of the clutch in question using the keypad.
3) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts in response to <CL-ON>.
CL-ON
Use it to start a check on operation.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• clutch turns → on remains off for 10 sec → turns on remains off for 10
sec → turns on → turns off
FAN
Use it to select the fan to check.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Enter the code of the fan in question using the keypad.
3) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts in response to <FAN-ON>.
FAN-ON
Use it to start a check on operation.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• fan remains on for 10 sec → turns off
MTR
Use it to select the motor to check.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Enter the code of the motor.
3) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts in response to <MTR-ON>.

S-84
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
MTR-ON
Use it to start a check on operation.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• motor remains on for 10 sec → turns off
SL
Use it to select the solenoid to check.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Enter the code of the solenoid in question using the keypad.
3) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts in response to <SL-ON>.
SL-ON
Use it to start a check on operation.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• solenoid turns on → remains off for 10 sec → turns on → remains off for
10 sec → turns on → off

S-85
No. Motor Clutch Solenoid Fan

S-86
1 Pickup main motor (M2) Pickup clutch (CL1) Pickup solenoid (SL1) Fixing fan (FM1)
2 Delivery main motor (M16) Vertical path clutch (CL2) Manual feed holding plate locking solenoid (SL2) Delivery fan (FM2)
3 Pickup motor (M1) Manual feed clutch (CL3) Web solenoid (SL4) Machine cooling fan (FM4)
4 DO NOT USE Registration clutch (CL4) Delivery flapper solenoid (SL5) Power supply cooling fan (FM5)
5 DO NOT USE Developing clutch Y (CL5) Cassette pedestal pickup solenoid (SL6) De-curling fan (FM7)
SERVICE MODE

6 DO NOT USE Injection clutch Y (CL6) Deck pickup roller releasing solenoid (SL101) Kit drive cooling fan (FM10)
7 DO NOT USE Developing clutch M (CL7) Compartment open solenoid (SL102) Not available
COPIER>FUNCTION

8 Cartridge motor Y (M11) Injection clutch (CL8) DO NOT USE Not available
9 Cartridge motor M (M12) Developing clutch C (CL9) DO NOT USE Not available
10 Cartridge motor C (M13) Injection clutch C (CL10) DO NOT USE Not available
11 Cartridge motor K (M14) Developing clutch K (CL11) DO NOT USE Not available
12 Side registration motor (rear; M17) Injection clutch K (CL12) DO NOT USE Not available
13 Side registration motor (front; M17) Fixing clutch (CL14) DO NOT USE Not available
14 Drum motor Y (M3) Fixing higher-speed clutch (CL22) DO NOT USE Not available
15 Drum motor M (M4) External delivery double-speed clutch (CL16) DO NOT USE Not available
16 Drum motor C (M5) Reversal double-speed clutch (CL15) DO NOT USE Not available
17 Drum motor K (M6) Reversal CCW clutch (CL17) DO NOT USE Not available
18 Transfer belt motor (M15) Reversal CW clutch (CL18) DO NOT USE Not available
19 Cassette pedestal main motor (M19) Transfer swing clutch (CL23) DO NOT USE Not available
20 Cassette pedestal pickup motor (M18) Pickup double-speed clutch (CL13) DO NOT USE Not available
21 Deck lifter motor (M102) Re-pickup clutch (CL21) DO NOT USE Not available
22 Deck main motor (M101) Duplex unit inlet double-speed clutch (CL20) DO NOT USE Not available
23 Delivery toner motor (M20) Duplex equal-speed clutch (CL19) DO NOT USE Not available
24 DO NOT USE Cassette pedestal pickup clutch (CL24) DO NOT USE Not available
25 DO NOT USE Deck pickup clutch (CL102) DO NOT USE Not available
26 DO NOT USE Deck feed clutch (CL101) DO NOT USE Not available

Caution:
• The cartridge motor is under the control of the toner level detection control mechanism, and operates only for about 1 sec if toner is present.
• Do not use items described as “DO NOT USE”; otherwise, malfunction can occur.

T00-500-02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
SHV
Use it to select the high-voltage output to check.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Enter the code of the high-voltage output using the keypad.
3) Press the OK key.
• The operation starts in response to <SHV-ON>.
SHV-ON
Use it to start a check on operation.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• For specifics, see the table that follows.

S-87
No. Item Setting Operation of other parts

S-88
1 Auxiliary charging Y 500V Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
2 Auxiliary charging M 500V Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
3 Auxiliary charging C 500V Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
4 Auxiliary charging K 500V Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
5 Injection DC-Y -600V Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates
SERVICE MODE

6 Injection DC-M -600V Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates


COPIER>FUNCTION

7 Injection DC-C -600V Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates


8 Injection DC-K -600V Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates
9 Injection AC-Y 700Vpp Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates
10 Injection AC-M 700Vpp Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates
11 Injection AC-C 700Vpp Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates
12 Injection AC-K 700Vpp Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates
13 Developing DC-Y -350V None
14 Developing DC-M -350V None
15 Developing DC-C -350V None
16 Developing DC-K -350V None
17 Developing AC-Y – None
18 Developing AC-M – None
19 Developing AC-C – None
20 Developing AC-K – None
21 Transfer-Y 10.0uA Transfer belt rotates, transfer unit moves up, drum rotates, injection sleeve rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
22 Transfer-M 10.0uA Transfer belt rotates, transfer unit moves up, drum rotates, injection sleeve rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
23 Transfer-C 10.0uA Transfer belt rotates, transfer unit moves up, drum rotates, injection sleeve rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
24 Transfer-K 10.0uA Transfer belt rotates, transfer unit moves up, drum rotates, injection sleeve rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
25 Feeding auxiliary roller bias -0.5uA Transfer belt rotates, transfer unit moves up, drum rotates
26 Separation charging 10.7KVpp None
27 LED anti-soling bias -3000V None

T00-500-03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<CLEAR>

Use it to reset RAM, error code, jam history, or error code history.
ERR
Use it to reset the following error code:
• E000, E005, E717
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will not automatically
turn off; be sure to turn off and then on the main power switch af-
ter ending service mode.)
DC-CON
Use it to initialize the RAM on the DC controller PCB.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
R-CON
Use it to initialize the RAM on the reader controller PCB.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
JAM-HIST
Use it to reset the jam history.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
ERR-HIST
Use it to reset the error code history.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
S-COM
Use it to initialize the RAM on the system controller PCB.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
PWD-CLR
Use it to reset the password set in user mode by the system administrator.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)

S-89
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<MISC-R>

Use it to check the operation of the reader unit.


SCANLAMP
Use it to execute activation of the scanning lamp.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
• The scanning lamp will turn and remain on for 1 sec.
SC-MOVE
Use it to check the operation of the scanner.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
• Each press on the OK key will cause operations 1 through 4 below.

HP
[1] [2] [3]
Scanner

[4]

F00-500-02

S-90
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
LAMP-ADJ
Use it to adjust the intensity of light (if a new scanning lamp has been
mounted).
• For instructions, see the body text.
USE-LAMP
Use it to adjust the intensity of light (if the scanning lamp has been re-
moved once and mounted thereafter for cleaning or the like).
• For instructions, see the body text.

<MISC-P>

Use it to check the operation of the printer unit.


IP-CHK
Use it to execute self diagnosis of the AP-IP PCB.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
• At the end of self diagnosis, the result will be indicated in terms of ‘OK/
NG’.
POWEROFF
Use it to execute auto power-off.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
TR-DOWN
Use it to move down the transfer belt.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
TR-UP
Use it to move up the transfer belt.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.

S-91
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
5.2 FEEDER>FUNCTION
The following items are found under FEEDER>FUNCTION.
SENS-INT
Use it to initialize the sensor.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
• Each operation is executed; at the end of adjustment, the mode ends auto-
matically.
UBLT-CLN
Use it to execute auto cleaning of the separation belt for top separation.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Place paper moistened with solvent at the center on the original
tray.
3) Press the OK key.
• The paper will be fed halfway, and the separation belt will be rotated idly.
4) Press the OK key to end the operation.
5) Open the upper cover, and remove the paper.
6) Close the upper cover.
DBLT-CLN
Use it to execute auto cleaning of the separation belt for bottom separation.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Place paper moistened with solvent at the center on the original
tray.
3) Press the OK key.
• The paper will be fed halfway, and the separation belt will be rotated idly.
4) Press the OK key to end the operation.
5) Open the upper cover, and remove the paper.
6) Close the upper cover.

S-92
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
6 OPTION (settings mode)
6.1 COPIER/PRINTER
The COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION screen and its items are as follows:

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

BODY

USER

ACC

INT-FACE

F00-601-01

<BODY>

Use it to make selections related to the machine.


CONTRAST
Use it to switch between auto and manual for the target contrast potential.
Settings 0: Auto, 1 to 8: Manual [Default: 0]
MODEL-SZ
Use it to select the appropriate paper series.
Settings 0: AB (6R5E), 1: INCH (5R4E), 2: A (3R3E), 3: AB/INCH (6R5E)
PASCAL
Use it to enable/disable the gradation correction data and contrast potential
obtained by auto gradation correction.
Settings 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]
Caution For the printer model, be sure to set it to ‘0’ at time of installation.

S-93
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
SENS-CNF
Use it to select the appropriate sensor series (arrangement).
Settings 0: AB, 1: Inch, 2: A
EC-GLASS
Use it to specify the presence/absence of an EC coating on the copyboard
glass.
Settings 0: EC coat absent, 1: EC coat present (default: 0 for 100-V model, 1 for
other models)
TBLT-ADJ
Use it to enable execution of displaced registration caused by uneven thick-
ness of the transfer belt.
Settings 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]
HS-SW
Use it to enable or disable the result of executing head shading.
Settings 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]
F-WEB
Use it to change the frequency at which the web solenoid (SL4) turns on.
Settings 0: Reference value, 50: Twice the reference value, 200: 1/2 the reference
value [Default: 0]
2S-RG-DT
Use it to enable or disable erasing of part of images falling outside paper as
determined by the result of detection made by the side registration sensor
(S32) when the duplex unit is used.
Settings 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]
Reference In printing mode, images are shifted to reflect the result of detection regard-
less of the setting made in this mode. (See 5.4 “Detecting the Position of
Side Registration” in Chapter 6 of the Printer Manual.)

S-94
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
PG-CST
Use it to select the source of paper for a printer model in response to
TEST>PG-P.
• Execute TEST>PG-P after making a selection in this mode.
Settings [default: 1]
1: Cassette 1, 2: cassette 2,
3: Cassette 3 (cassette pedestal)*,
4: Cassette 4 (cassette pedestal)*,
5: Side paper deck*
6 through 10: disable
Caution * If no cassette pedestal is installed, the setting will be as follows:
3: Side paper deck, 4 through 10: Disable
Reference In the case of the printer model, the control panel continues to show the Ex-
tension screen, not enabling the selection of a source of paper on its own as
is possible with the copier model, requiring the use of this mode to make
the selection.
PG-DLVR
Use it to select single-sided, double-sided, or face-down delivery for
TEST>PG-P for a printer model.
• Execute TEST>PG-P after making a selection in this mode.
Settings 0: Single-sided, 1: Double-sided, 2: Face-down delivery [Default: 0]
Reference In the case of the printer model, the control panel continues to show the Ex-
tension screen, not enabling the selection of single-sided, double-sided, or
face-down delivery on its own as is possible with the copier model, requir-
ing the use of this mode to make the selection.
TR-TMG
Use it to set the timing at which the transfer high-voltage output is started
for image transfer.
Settings 0: Use the timing of output start set at the factory. (default; normally,
keep the setting)
1: Advance the timing of output start by 100 msec.
Use If the leading edge of paper becomes soiled with toner, set it to ‘1’.

S-95
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
DLIFE-Y/M/C/K
Use it enable/disable the following messages: “Prepare for the Replacement
of the Drum Unit” and “Replace the Drum Unit.”
Settings 0: Disable the messages. (default)
1: Enable only “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit.”
2: Enable only “Replace the Drum Unit.”
3: Enable both “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit” and
“Replace the Drum Unit.”
Use 0: Use it if you want to use the drum unit until it is exhausted without re-
gard to the end of its life.
In this case, the replacement of the drum unit is left to the decision of the
user and, as a result, service calls for image faults will be likely.
1: It is the same as ‘0’; however, use it if you want the machine to at least
tell the user when the drum unit reaches the end of its life.
2: Use it if you want the user to replace the drum unit as soon as it reaches
the end of its life. It will force the machine to stop operation without a
warning in advance.
3: It is the same as ‘2’; however, use it if you want the machine to warn the
user, prompting him/her to replace the drum unit.
When the message “Replace the Drum Unit” is indicated for the Y/M/C
drum unit, the machine will not make color copies/prints; however, it can
make copies/prints using black only.

S-96
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
D-RDY-Y/M/C/K
Setting the Timing at Which “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum
Unit” is Indicated
Settings 0 to 10 (default: 0)
An increase by ‘1’ made to the setting will delay the timing of indication in
increments of 10% (wear index).
Use When ‘0’ is set, the message will be indicated at 100% (wear index). [de-
fault]
When ‘5’ is set, the message will be indicated at 150% (wear index).
When ‘10’ is set, the message will be indicated at 200% (wear index).
D-CHNG-Y/M/C/K
Setting the Timing at Which “Replace the Drum Unit” is Indicated
Settings 1 to 20 (default: 20)
An increase by ‘1’ made to the setting will delay the timing of indication in
increments of 1% (wear index) for “Prepare for the Replacement of the
Drum Unit.”
Use If we suppose that the message “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum
Unit” is to be indicated at 100% (wear index), the following will be true:
If it is set to ‘1’, the message will be indicated at 101% (wear index).
If it is set to ‘10’, the message will be indicated at 110% (wear index).
If it is set to ‘20’, the message will be indicated at 120% (wear index). [de-
fault]

“Prepare for the Replacement


of the Drum Unit” “Replace the Drum Unit”
D-RDY setting ‘0’
100% 101% 110% 130%

↑ ↑ ↑
D-CHNG setting ‘1’ setting ‘10’ setting ‘20’
If D-RDY-Y/M/C/K is ‘0’,
(D-LIFE-Y/M/C/K is set to ‘3’)

F00-601-02

“Prepare for the Replacement


of the Drum Unit” “Replace the Drum Unit”
D-RDY setting ‘10’

110% 111% 120% 130%

↑ ↑ ↑
D-CHNG setting ‘1’ setting ‘10’ setting ‘20’
If D-RDY-Y/M/C/K is ‘10’,
(D-LIFE-Y/M/C/K is ‘3’)

F00-601-03
S-97
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
<USER>

Use it to make selections related to the user.


COPY-LIM
Use it to change the upper limit imposed on the copy count.
Setting 1 to 999 sheets [Default: 999]
SIZE-DET
Use it to enable or disable the original size detection mechanism.
Setting 0: OFF, 1: ON [Default: 0]
COUNTER1
Use it to set the soft counter 1 on the User Mode screen. (You may change
the counter particulars to suit the needs of the user or the dealer.)
Setting 0: Disable display, 1 to 999: as in T00-600-01
[Default: as in 3 “Counters” in Chapter 8 of the Printer Manual.]
Caution In the case of the 100-V model, the selection cannot be made in the field.
COUNTER2
Use it to set the soft counter 2 on the User Mode screen. (You may change
the counter particulars to suit the needs of the user or the dealer.)
Setting 0: Disable display, 1 to 999: as in T00-600-01
[Default: as in 3 “Counters” in Chapter 8 of the Printer Manual.]
Caution In the case of the 100-V model, the selection cannot be made in the field.
COUNTER3
Use it to set the soft counter 3 on the User Mode screen. (You may change
the counter particulars to suit the needs of the user or the dealer.)
Setting 0: Disable display, 1 to 999: as in T00-600-01
[Default: as in 3 “Counters” in Chapter 8 of the Printer Manual.]
Caution In the case of the 100-V model, the selection cannot be made in the field.
COUNTER4
Use it to set the soft counter 4 on the User Mode screen. (You may change
the counter particulars to suit the needs of the user or the dealer.)
Setting 0: Disable display, 1 to 999: as in T00-600-01
[Default: as in 3 “Counters” in Chapter 8 of the Printer Manual.]
Caution In the case of the 100-V model, the selection cannot be made in the field.

S-98
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
COUNTER5
Use it to set the soft counter 5 on the User Mode screen. (You may change
the counter particulars to suit the needs of the user or the dealer.)
Setting 0: Disable display, 1 to 999: as in T00-600-01
[Default: as in 3 “Counters” in Chapter 8 of the Printer Manual.]
COUNTER6
Use it to set the soft counter 5 on the User Mode screen. (You may change
the counter particulars to suit the needs of the user or the dealer.)
Setting 0: Disable display, 1 to 999: as in T00-600-01
[Default: as in 3 “Counters” in Chapter 8 of the Printer Manual.]

S-99
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
<Soft Counter Specifications>
The soft counters are grouped into the following according to input numbers:
100s: Total 500s: Scan
200s: Copy 600s: Box
300s: Print 700s: Reception print
400s: Copy + print 800s: Report print

Guide to the Table


Y: Counter valid in the machine.
4C: Full color
mono: Mono color (Y, M, C/R, G, B/sepia mono)
Bk: Black mono
L: Large-size (larger than B4)
S: Small-size (smaller than B4)
Number under “Description,” i.e., 1 and 2: count of large-size sheet
In service mode (COPIER>OPTION>USER>B4_L_CNT), B4 and larger may be selected for count-
ing as a large-size sheet.

Used No. Description Used No. Description


Y 000 No indication Y 201 Copy (Total 1)
Y 101 Total 1 Y 202 Copy (Total 2)
Y 102 Total 2 Y 203 Copy (L)
Y 103 Total (L) Y 204 Copy (S)
Y 104 Total (S) 205 Copy A (Total 1)
Y 150 Total (4C1) 206 Copy A (Total 2)
Y 106 Total (4C2) 207 Copy A (Total)
Y 107 Total (Mono) 208 Copy A (S)
Y 108 Total (Bk1) 209 Local copy (Total 1)
Y 109 Total (Bk2) 210 Local copy (Total 2)
Y 110 Total (Mono/L) 211 Local copy (L)
Y 111 Total (Mono/S) 212 Local copy (S)
Y 112 Total (Bk/L) 213 Remote copy (Total 1)
Y 113 Total (Bk/S) 214 Remote copy (Total 2)
Y 114 Total (4C + Mono +Bk/Double-sided) 215 Remote copy (L)
Total 1 (Double-sided) 216 Remote copy (S)
115 Total 2 (Double-sided) Y 217 Copy (4C1)
116 L (Double-sided) Y 218 Copy (4C2)
117 S (Double-sided)

T00-600-01a

S-100
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
Used No. Description Used No. Description
Y 219 Copy (Mono1) Y 319 Print (Bk/L)
Y 220 Copy (Mono2) Y 320 Print (Bk/S)
Y 221 Copy (Bk1) Y 321 Print (4C + Mono/L)
Y 222 Copy (Bk2) Y 322 Print (4C + Mono/S)
Y 223 Copy (4C/L) Y 323 Print (4C + Mono/2)
Y 224 Copy (4C/S) Y 324 Print (4C + Mono/1)
Y 225 Copy (Mono/L) Y 325 Pint (4C/L/Double-sided)
Y 226 Copy (Mono/S) Y 326 Print (4C/S/Double-sided)
Y 227 Copy (Bk/L) Y 327 Print (Mono/L/Double-sided)
Y 228 Copy (Bk/S) Y 328 Print (Mono/S/Double-sided)
Y 229 Copy (4C + Mono/L) Y 329 Print (Bk/L/Double-sided)
Y 230 Copy (4C + Mono/S) Y 330 Print (Bk/S/Double-sided)
Y 231 Copy (4C + Mono/2) 331 PDL Print (Total 1)
Y 232 Copy (4C + Mono/1) 332 PDL Print (Total 2)
Y 233 Copy (4C/L/Double-sided) 333 PDL print (L)
Y 234 Copy (4C/S/Double-sided) 334 PDL print (S)
Y 235 Copy (Mono/L/Double-sided) Y 401 Copy + Print (4C/L)
Y 236 Copy (Mono/s/Double-sided) Y 402 Copy + Print (4C/S)
Y 237 Copy (Bk/L/Double-sided) Y 403 Copy + Print (Bk/L)
Y 238 Copy (Bk/s/Double-sided) Y 404 Copy + Print (Bk/S)
Y 301 Print (Total 1) Y 405 Copy + Print (Bk2)
Y 302 Print (Total 2) Y 406 Copy + Print (Bk1)
Y 303 Print (L) Y 407 Copy + Print (4C + Mono/L)
Y 304 Print (S) Y 408 Copy + Print (4C + Mono/S)
305 Print A (Total 1) Y 409 Copy + Print (4C + Mono/2)
306 Print A (Total 2) Y 410 Copy + Print (4C + Mono/1)
307 Print A (L) Y 411 Copy + Print (L)
308 Print A (S) Y 412 Copy + Print (S)
Y 309 Print (4C1) Y 413 Copy + Print (2)
Y 310 Print (RC2) Y 414 Copy + Print (1)
Y 311 Print (Mono1) 501 Scan (Total )
Y 312 Print (Mono2) Copy scan (Total/4)
Y 313 Print (Bk1) 502 Scan (Total 2)
Y 314 Print (Bk2) 503 Scan (L)
Y 315 Print (4C/L) Copy scan (L/4)
Y 316 Print (4C/S) 504 Scan (S)
Y 317 Print (Mono/L) Copy scan (S/4)
Y 318 Print (Mono/S)

T00-600-01b

S-101
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
Used No. Description Used No. Description
Y 505 Bk scan (Total 1) 601 Box print (Total 1)
Copy scan (Bk) 602 Box print (Total 2)
506 Bk scan (Total 2) 603 Box print (L)
Y 507 Bk scan (L) 604 Box print (S)
Copy scan (Bk/L) 701 Reception print (Total 1)
Y 508 Bk scan (S) 702 Reception print (Total 2)
Copy scan (Bk/S) 703 Reception print (L)
Y 509 Color scan (Total ) 704 Reception print (S)
Copy scan (4C) 801 Report print (Total 1)
510 Color scan (Total 2) 802 Report print (Total 2)
Y 511 Color scan (L) 803 Report print (L)
Copy scan (4C/L) 804 Report print (S)
Y 512 Color scan (S)
Copy scan (4C/S)
Y 513 Copy scan (L)
Y 514 Copy scan (S)
Y 515 Copy scan (Total)

T00-600-01c

S-102
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
CONTROL
Use it to allow copying, printing, or scanning operation without the follow-
ing input (with conditions):
• Control key (when the reader unit is connected)
• Card (when the Control Card-IV is connected)
• ID No. (when an ID No. is set)
Setting 0 to 444 [default: 222]
(The setting of each digit must be 0 to 4; if 0, operation even with a condi-
tion will not be allowed.)
Setting <Digit Setting and Operation Enabled>
particulars 1st digit: Absence of control key
2nd digit: Absence of card
3rd digit: Absence of ID No. input
Digit setting B&W copy Color copy B&W print Color print scan
0 N N N N N
1 N N N N N
2 N N Y Y N
3 Y N N N N
4 Y N Y Y N
Y: Enabled. N: Disabled.

T00-600-03
EX 1 If the setting is ‘2’,
Control key absent: Enables B&W printing/color printing
Card absent: No operation enabled
ID No. input absent: No operation enabled
EX 2 If the setting is ‘431’,
Control key absent: No operation enabled
Card absent: B&W copying enabled
ID No. input absent: B&W coping, B&W printing/color printing enabled
Caution <Count When operation Is Enabled with Conditions>
Counter type Control key OFF Card absent ID No. absent
On user Mode screen
Card
ID NO.
: Counts all. : Counts some. : Counts none.

T00-600-03

S-103
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
Guide to Table
a. Counter on the User Mode
• A count is made regardless of the setting (with conditions).
b. Card Counter
When the Control Card-IV is connected,
• If the setting for the absence of a card (2nd digit) is ‘3,4’, no count is
made regardless of the presence/absence of a card in black-and-white
copying mode.
• If the setting for the absence of a card (2nd digit) is ‘2,4’, no count is
made regardless of the presence/absence of a card in black-and-white
printing/color printing.
When the Card Reader-B1 is connected,
• If the setting or the absence of a card (2nd digit) is ‘3,4’, no count is
made in the absence of a card in black-and-white copying mode.
• In black-and-white printing/color printing mode, no count is made re-
gardless of the setting (w/ conditions).
However, the OA counter inside the Copy Data Controller-A1 makes a
count regardless of the setting (w/ conditions).
c. ID No. Counter
• If the setting for the absence of an ID No. input (3rd digit) is ‘3,4’, no
count is made regardless of the presence/absence of an ID No. in
black-and-white copying mode.
• If the setting for the absence of an ID No. input (3rd digit) is ‘2,4’, no
count is made regardless of the presence/absence of an ID No. input in
black-and-white printing/color printing.
HS-DISP
Use it to enable or disable the indication of the execution key for head shad-
ing in user mode.
Setting 0: Disable indication, 1: Enable indication [Default: 0]
B-BK-DSP
Use it to enable or disable the indication of the blue-back correction key on
the User Mode screen.
If ghost images occur, a press on the blue-back correction key on the User
Mode screen will reduce the amount of LED exposure to limit ghosting
(however, the drum charging potential will increase to maintain solid den-
sity).
Setting 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 0]

S-104
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
B-BK-LVL
Use it to set the level of blue-back correction (OPTION>USER>B-BK-
DSP).
If ghosting does not decrease after executing blue-back correction, set this
mode item to ‘1’. (Before doing so, however, check to make sure that the
absolute humidity inside the machine is 2.9 g or higher, indicated under
DISPLAY>ANALOG>ABS-HUM.)
Caution Executing this mode item can cause the following; take note:
• The amount of LED exposure tends to be uneven (especially in high-den-
sity areas).
• The density may fall short of expected levels (at a machine inside abso-
lute humidity of 2.9 g, the density will more likely be lower than ex-
pected, i.e., images will be lighter).
• The gradation characteristics may change.
Setting [Default: 0]
0: Do not change.
1: Decrease exposure, increase DC component of injection charging bias,
and increase DC component of developing bias.

S-105
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
<ACC>

Use it to make selections related to accessories.


DK-P
Use it to select a paper size for the paper deck.
Setting 0: A4, 1: B5, 2: LTR [Default: 0]
HDNS-SW
Use it to enable/disable the indication of a staple alarm (prohibiting stack-
ing) during sorter high-density image processing.
Setting 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 0]
DF-SET
Use it to set DF auto count and original re-placement alarm indication for
limitless sorting.
Note: If ‘1’ or ‘2’ is set, auto start will turn on when all delivered sheets
are removed in limitless sorting.
Setting 0: Require re-placement, 1: issue re-placement alarm (at end of origi-
nal count), 2: Enable operation without indication [Default: 0]
STOV-SW
Use it to set how overstacking should be detected.
Setting 0: by height + count, 1: by height only [Default: 0]
SHFT-SW
Use it to specify whether sheets should be delivered by shifting by one (the
first of a set of sheets) in shift mode or group mode.
Setting 0: Shift, 1: Do not shift [Default: 0]

S-106
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
<INT-FACE>

Setting Conditions (when an external controller is connected)


B-CLR
When Releasing the Copy Data Controller-A1 After Installation
Settings 0: Not connected
1: Connected
Use If you want to temporarily release the Copy Data Controller-A1 at time of
servicing work, set ‘0’.
Reference When a Copy Data Controller-A1 is installed, the setting will automatically
be ‘1’; if the controller is release without setting ‘0’ to it, the machine will
indicate error code E717.

S-107
SERVICE MODE
FEEDER/SORTER>OPTION
6.2 FEEDER
The following items are found under FEEDER>OPTION.
SIZE-SW
Use it to enable or disable detection of the presence of both AB-series and
Inch-series originals.
Setting 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 0]

6.3 SORTER
The following items are found under SORTER>OPTION.
T-ADJ-SW
Use it to enable or disable corrective processing when delivering transpar-
encies in relation to the detection of the height of sheets on the finisher tray.
Setting 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 0]

S-108
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>TEST
7 TEST (test print mode)
The COPIER/PRINTER>TEST screen and its items are as follows:

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

PG-R

PG-P

F00-700-01

S-109
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>TEST
<PG-R>

Use it to generat reader-related test prints.


TYPE
Enter the type No. of the test print you want, and press the Start key to gen-
erate a test print. (Be sure to put the setting back to ‘0’ after printing a test
print.)
Settings 0: Normal printing, 1 to 99: T00-700-01
THRU
Use it to enable or disable the LUT mechanism for test printing.
Settings 0: Enable, 1: Disable
DENS-Y, DENS-M, DENS-C, DENS-K
Use it to adjust the density of each color for test printing (TYPE=5).
Settings 0 to 255: A higher value causes images to be darker.
COLOR-Y, COLOR-M, COLOR-C, COLOR-K
Use it to enable output of each color for each TYPE; for example, to gener-
ate a M mono test print, set COLOR-M to ‘1’, and others to ‘0’. (Only one
color is available at a time.)
Settings 0: Disable output, 1: Enable output
F/M-SW
Use it to switch between full color and mono color for the PG-R output; in
mono color mode, use it to select the color in relation to COLOR-Y, -M, -C,
and -K.
Settings 0: Full color output, 1: Mono color output
HS-THRU
Use it to enable or disable the result of HAS for the PG-R images.
Settings 0: Enable, 1: Disable

S-110
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>TEST
• Guide to PG-R>TYPE Input No./Test Print

No. Description No. Description


0 Image from CCD (normal printing) 9 For R&D
1 For R&D 10 YMCBk horizontal stripes (laser FF activation)
2 256 colors 11 For R&D
3 256 gradations 12 YMCBk 64 gradations
4 16 gradations (17 gradations) 13 RGB 64 gradations
5 Full halftone 14 Full color 16 gradations (17 gradations)
6 Grid 15 Full color light area 16 gradations (17 grada tions)
7 Image position correction control pattern 16 YMCBk horizontal stripes (laser A0 activation)
8 For R&D 17 to 99 For R&D

T00-700-01

<PG-P>

Use it to generate test prints related to the printer unit.


TYPE
Use it to generate a test print by entering its type No. and pressing the Start
key.
Settings 0 to 32: T00-700-02
THRU
Not used.
DENS-Y, DENS-M, DENS-C, DENS-K
Use it to adjust density of each color for test printing (TYPE=05).
Settings 0 to 255: A higher setting makes images darker.
COLOR-Y, COLOR-M, COLOR-C, COLOR-K
Use it to enable or disable the output of each color for each TYPE; for ex-
ample, to generate a test print in M mono, set COLOR-M to ‘1’ and others
to ‘0’. (Only one color is available at a time.)
Settings 0: Disable output, 1: Enable output
F/M-SW
Not used.

S-111
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>TEST
• PG-P>TYPE Input No./Test Print

No. Description No. Description


1 to 3 For R&D 12 to 13 For R&D
4 16 gradations (sub scanning direction) 14 7 colors (sub scanning direction)
5 Halftone 15 to 18 For R&D
6 Grid 19 Grid in each color (main scanning direction)
7 to 9 For R&D 20 to 23 For R&D
10 MCYBk stripe (sub scanning direction) 24 Grid in each color (sub scanning direction)
11 16 gradations (main scanning direction) 25 to 32 For R&D

T00-700-02

S-112
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
8 COUNTER (counter mode)
The COPIER>COUNTER screen and its items are as follows:

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

TOTAL DRBL-1

SCANNER DRBL-2

PICKUP

COLOR

FEEDER

JAM

MISC

PRDC-1

F00-800-01

• This mode indicates the number of times the machine has operated.
<Resetting the Counter Reading>
1) Select the item to reset so that it is highlighted.
2) Press the Clear key on the control panel.
The reading will be reset to ‘00000000’.

<Size Classification>
TOTAL/PICKUP/FEEDER
L: Larger than B4
S: Smaller than B4

PRDC-1/DRBL-1/DRBL-2
L: Longer than 324 mm in feeding direction
S: Shorter than 324 mm in feeding direction

S-113
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
<Guide to Counters for Periodically Replaced Parts/Consumablse>
The machine is equipped with counters for periodically replaced parts/consumables
(DRBL-1/DRBL-2/PRDC-1), providing guides when scheduling replacement.

EX
C1-PU-RL / 00098400 / 00120000 / 82% !! 000027
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]

[1] Indicates a part name; in the case of the example, the notation points to a primary charg-
ing wire.
[2] Indicates the counter reading (actual number of sheets); press the Clear key to reset the
reading after replacement of the part.
[3] Indicates the limit (recommended number of sheets at replacement); it may be changed
by selecting the item and entering a number on the keypad.
[4] Indicates the ratio of counter reading to limit.
[5] Indicates an exclamation symbol (!) when the above ratio is from 90% to 100% or two
exclamation symbols when the ratio is 100% or higher.
[6] Indicates the date of expected replacement (days); in the case of the example, 27 days
later.

S-114 COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 2000 CANON CP2120/2150 REV.0 OCT. 2000
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
List of Items under COUNTER
Setting Mode description
Level 1: COUNTER
Level 2: TOTAL
Level 3: SERVICE1 Total counter 1 for servicing
SERVICE2 Total counter 2 for servicing
TTL Total counter for copy + print
L-TTL Total counter for copy + print (L size)
S-TTL Total counter for copy + print (S size)
C-L-TTL Total counter for YMC copy + print (L size)
C-S-TTL Total counter for YMC copy + print (S size)
K-L-TTL Total counter for Bk copy + print (L size)
K-S-TTL Total country for Bk copy + print (S size)
COPY Total counter for copy
L-COPY Total counter for copy (L size)
S-COPY Total counter for copy (S size)
C-L-COPY Total counter for YMC copy (L size)
C-S-COPY Total counter for YMC copy (S size)
K-L-COPY Total counter for Bk copy (L size)
K-S-COPY Total counter for Bk copy (S size)
PRNT Total counter for print
L-PRNT Total counter for print (L size)
S-PRNT Total counter for print (S size)
C-L-PRNT Total counter for YMC print (L size)
C-S-PRNT Total counter for YMNC print (S size)
K-L-PRNT Total counter for Bk print (L size)
K-S-PRNT Total counter for Bk print (S size)
4C-TTL Total counter for full color (4 colors) copy
Y-COPY Counter for Y mono copy
M-COPY Counter for M mono copy
C-COPY Counter for C mono copy
K-COPY Counter for Bk mono copy
Level 2: SCANNER
Level 3: SC-TTL Total counter for scan by scanner
SC-COPY Counter for copy scan
Level 2: PICKUP
Level 3: C1 Total counter for pickup from cassette 1
L-C1 Total counter for pickup from cassette 1 (L size)
S-C1 Total counter for pickup from cassette 1 (S size)
C2 Total counter for pickup from cassette 2
L-C2 Total counter for pickup from cassette 2 (L size)
S-C2 Total counter for pickup from cassette 2 (S side)

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 2000 CANON CP2120/2150 REV.0 OCT. 2000 S-115
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
C3 Total counter for pickup from cassette 3
L-C3 Total counter for pickup from cassette 3 (L size)
S-C3 Total counter for pickup from cassette 3 (S size)
C4 Total counter for pickup from cassette 4
L-C4 Total counter for pickup from cassette 4 (L size)
S-C4 Total counter for pickup from cassette 4 (S size)
MF Total counter for pickup from manual feed tray
L-MF Total counter for pickup from manual feed tray (L size)
S-MF Total counter from pickup from manual feed tray (S size)
DK Total counter from pickup from paper deck
L-DK Total counter form pickup from paper deck (L size)
S-DK Total counter for pickup from paper deck (S size)
2-SIDE Total counter for pickup of 2nd side of double-sided sheet
L-2-SIDE Total counter for pickup of 2nd side of double-sided sheet
(L size)
S-2-SIDE Total counter for pickup of 2nd side of double-sided sheet
(S size)
Level 2: COLOR
Level 3: Y-DEV Number of times Y developing assembly is used (locked)
M-DEV Number of times M developing assembly is used (locked)
C-DEV Number of times C developing assembly is used (locked)
K-DEV Number of times Bk developing assembly is used (locked)
Level 2: FEEDER
Level 3: FEED Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder
L-FEED Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder (L size)
S-FEED Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder (S size)
Level 2: JAM
Level 3: TOTAL Total number of jams in machine
PRINT Total number of print jams
FEEDER Total number of jams in feeder
SORTER Total number of jams in sorter
Level 2: MISC
Level 3: TORALPWR Total time of use of power
FIX-WEB Counter for fixing web (initially, ‘0’; in excess of ‘300’,
E500 is issued); indicates the number of times the web is
pulled while the web length sensor (S24) detects the absence
of the web)
Level 2: PRDC-1
Level 3: AR-FIL6 Number of sheets passing (unit: sheets)
through air filter (FM6)

S-116 COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 2000 CANON CP2120/2150 REV.0 OCT. 2000
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
Level 2: DRBL-1
Level 3: SCN-LMP Length of time for activation (unit: sec)
of scanning lamp (LA1)
SP-UNIT Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
separation charging assembly
(2 counts for L size)
BLT-B-CN Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
belt back scraper
(2 counts for L size)
T-CLN-BD Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
transfer leaning blade
(2 counts for L size)
T-CN-BRU Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
transfer cleaner brush
(2 counts for L size)
TR-BLD-Y Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
transfer blade unit Y
(2 counts for L size)
TR-BLD-M Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
transfer blade unit M
(2 counts for L size)
TR-BLD-C Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
transfer blade unit C
(2 counts for L size)
TR-BLD-K Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
transfer blade unit Bk
(2 counts for L size)
SB-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
feeding auxiliary roller scraper
(2 counts for L size)
TR-BLT Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
transfer belt
(2 counts for L size)
C1-PU-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 1 pickup roller
C1-SP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 1 separation roller
C1-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 1 feeding roller
C2-PU-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 2 pickup roller

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 2000 CANON CP2120/2150 REV.0 OCT. 2000 S-117
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
C2-SP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 2 separation roller
C2-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 2 feeding roller
M-SP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
manual feed separation roller
M-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
manual feed pickup roller
FX-UP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
fixing upper roller
(2 counts for L size)
FX-LW-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
fixing lower roller
(2 counts for L size)
FHTR-M Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
fixing main heater (H1)
(2 counts for L size)
FHTR-S Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
fixing sub heater (H1)
(2 counts for L size)
FIX-WEB Number of times fixing web is pulled (unit: times)
(in excess of about 186,000, E005 will be indicated)
FIX-TH1 Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
main thermistor (TH1)
(2 counts for L size)
FIX-TH2 Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
sub thermistor (TH2)
(2 counts for L size)
FX-TSW Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
fixing thermal switch (TP1)
(2 counts for L size)
DLV-LCLW Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
fixing separation claw
(2 counts for L size)
WST-TNR Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
waste toner box
(2 counts for L size)

S-118 COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 2000 CANON CP2120/2150 REV.0 OCT. 2000
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
Level 2: DRBL-2
Level 3: DF-PU-RL Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)
pickup roller
DF-FLP-F Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)
flapper (front)
DF-FLP-R Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)
flapper (rear)
DF-RBT-L Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)
feeding roller belt (large)
DF-RBT-S Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)
feeding roller belt (small)
DF-SP-BL Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)
separation belt
DF-F-BLT Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)
feeding belt
PD-PU-RL Number of sheets passing (unit: sheets)
through deck pickup roller
PD-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
deck pickup/feeding roller
C3-PU-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 3 pickup roller
C3-SP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 3 separation roller
C3-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 3 feeding roller
C4-PU-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 4 pickup roller
C4-SP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 4 separation roller
C4-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
cassette 4 feed roller
FIN-STPR Number of stapling operations (unit: sheets)
FIN-FDBL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
finisher feeding belt
FIN-PDDL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)
finisher paddle
SDL-STPL Number of stitcher operations (unit: sheets)
STR-STPL Number of stapling operations (unit: sheets)
by stapler sorter

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 2000 CANON CP2120/2150 REV.0 OCT. 2000 S-119
Error Code

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000
ERROR CODE

1 Self Diagnosis (copier)


The R-CPU and DC-CPU of the machine’s CPU PCB are equipped with a mechanism to
check the machine’s state (particularly, sensors). It runs a check as needed and, upon detec-
tion of a fault, indicates a code on the control panel.
What follows below are lists of error codes and descriptions of faults and conditions of
detection; the detail codes indicated under each error code are indicated in service mode:
COPIER>DISPLAY>JAM>ERR.

E000
Main cause The fixing heater is faulty. The SSR is faulty. The fixing thermistor is
faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty. The system controller PCB is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
xx=01: Main thermistor (TH1), xx=02: Sub thermistor (TH2)
xx01 The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has detected 245°C or higher (hard-
ware detection).
0002 The thermistor (TH1) has detected 240°C or higher (software de-
tection).
Main cause The fixing heater is faulty. The SSR is faulty. The fixing thermistor is
faulty. The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has an open circuit. The thermal switch
(TP1) has turned on.
Condition of
detection
xx=01: Main thermistor (TH1), xx=02: Sub thermistor (TH2)
xx03 The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has detected an open circuit.
0021 Within a temperature range of 50°C or lower as detected by the
thermistor (TH1), the increase in temperature in 1 min is less than
3°C.
0031 Within a temperature range between 50°C and 190°C as detected
by the thermistor, the increase in temperature within 30 sec is less
than 5°C.
0040 During standby, the fixing temperature has dropped below 140°C.
0050 During printing, the fixing temperature has dropped below 140°C.

E004
Main cause The SSR1 is faulty.
Condition of
detection
xx=01: Main heater (H1), xx=02: Sub heater (H2)
xx01 SSR1 for the fixing heater is ON even though the fixing heater
(H1, H2) is OFF.

E-1
ERROR CODE

E005
Main cause The fixing web has run out. The fixing web length sensor (S24) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The web solenoid (SL4) has turned on 300 times after the fixing web length
sensor (S24) stopped detecting the flag.

E006
Main cause The fixing drawer has poor contact. The fixing assembly is absent.
Condition of
detection
0001 The fixing drawer cannot be detected even though the 24-V door is
closed.

E010
Main cause The main motor drive system has an excess load. The pickup main motor
(M2)/delivery main motor (M16)/pedestal main motor (M19) is faulty. The
serial driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The pickup main motor (M2) is released.
The motor is checked every 10 msec from 3000 msec after it is
started to when it is stopped. However, detection is not made when
the front cover/delivery assembly cover/face-down delivery unit is
released or when there is a fault in the power supply system.
0002 The pedestal main motor (M16) is released.
The motor is checked every 10 msec from 3000 msec after it is
started to when it is stopped. However, detection is not made when
the front cover/delivery assembly cover/face-down delivery unit is
released or when there is a fault in the power supply system.
0003 The pedestal main motor (M19) is released.
The motor is checked every 10 msec from 2000 msec after it is
started to when it is stopped. However, detection is not made when
the front cover/delivery assembly cover/face-down delivery unit is
released or when there is a fault in the power supply system.

E-2
ERROR CODE

E012
Main cause The drum motor (M3, M4, M5, M6) is faulty. The drum motor drive system
has an excess load. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
XX=01: Y, XX=02: M, XX=03: C, XX=04: Bk (XX indicates the develop-
ing assembly color)
XX01 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the
motor drive pulse is increased to the upper limit.
XX02 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the
motor drive pulse is decreased to the lower limit.
XX03 The encoder signal from the motor is not generated for the follow-
ing period of time:
standard: 3.69 msec, 1/2 speed: 7.38 msec, 1/4 speed: 14.75 msec
XX04 The motor rotates in the direction opposite the desired direction.
XX05 The spatial displacement is not corrected even when the frequency
of the motor drive pulse is varied.
XX06 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the
motor drive pulse is varied.
XX07 Not used.
XX08 Not used.
XX09 An error has occurred in the communication with the DC controller
PCB.

E013
Main cause The waste toner feedscrew has locked. The waste toner feed motor is faulty.
The transfer high-voltage PCB is faulty. The serial driver PCB is faulty. The
DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The waste toner motor has locked and, as a result, an over-current
has flowed into the motor control circuit.
0002 An open circuit has occurred in the waste toner motor.

E-3
ERROR CODE

E014
Main cause The belt motor (M15) is faulty. The belt motor drive system has an excess
load. The drum drive AC generation PCB is faulty. The transfer drive AC
generation PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the
motor drive pulse is increased to the upper limit.
0002 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the
motor drive pulse is decreased to the lower limit.
0003 The encoder signal is not generated by the motor.
0004 The motor rotates in the direction opposite the desired direction.
0005 Not used.
0006 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the
motor drive pulse is changed.
0007 Not used.
0008 Not used.
0009 An error has occurred in the communication with the DC controller
PCB.

E020
Main cause The ATR sensor connector is disconnected. The developing cylinder/stirring
screw fails to rotate.
Condition of
detection
XX=01: Y, XX=02: M, XX=03: C, XX=04: Bk (XX indicates the develop-
ing assembly color)
XXA0 During printing sequence, the difference between the maximum
value and the minimum value of SIGNAL (9 samplings) is 0.2 V
(10) or less.
Main cause The RAM data inside the drum unit is faulty.
Condition of
detection
XX=01: Y, XX=02: M, XX=03: C, XX=04: Bk (XX indicates the develop-
ing assembly color)
XX80 During printing sequence, the value of INIT-SIGNAL entered as
part of initial settings has dropped to 2.344 V (120) or lower.
XX81 During printing sequence, the value of INIT-SIGNAL entered as
part of initial settings has risen to 2.656 V (136) or higher.
XX90 During printing sequence, the correction value for INIT-SIGNAL
has changed to 0 (in service mode, ADJUST>DENS>SIGG-Y/M/
C/K).

E-4
ERROR CODE

XX91 During printing sequence, the correction value for INIT-SIGNAL


has changed to 255 (in service mode, ADJUST>DENS>SIGG-Y/
M/C/K).
Main cause The ATR sensor is faulty. The toner level sensor is faulty. The toner supply
system for the developing assembly is faulty. The developer has deterio-
rated or has a mixing of injection carrier.
Condition of
detection
XX=01: Y, XX=02: M, XX=03: C, XX=04: Bk (XX indicates the develop-
ing assembly color)
XXB0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL obtained by sam-
pling and averaging is 0.43 V (22) or lower.
XXB1 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL obtained by sam-
pling and averaging is 4.9 V (250) or higher.
XXD0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL remains higher
than INIT-SIGNAL entered as part of initial settings by 4.71 V
(240) or more continuously for 10 prints.
XXE0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL remains lower
than INIT-SIGNAL entered as part of initial settings by 0.98 V (50)
or more continuously for 10 prints.

E025
Main cause The cartridge motor is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0101 The cartridge motor Y (M11) is found to have an over-current con-
dition.
0201 The cartridge motor M (M12) is fount to have an over-current con-
dition.
0301 The cartridge motor C (M13) is found to have an over-current con-
dition.
0401 The cartridge motor Bk (M14) is found to have an over-current
condition.

E032
Main cause The Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE controller is faulty or has an open
circuit. The system controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The Copy Data Controller-A1 or NE controller counter mechanism fails to
operate.

E-5
ERROR CODE

E041
Main cause The deck lifter motor (M102) is faulty. The deck driver PCB is faulty. A
connected device is faulty. The deck lifter position sensor (PS104) is faulty.
The deck paper sensor (PS107) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The fault was detected while the lifter was moving up.
0002 The fault was detected while the lifter was moving down.
The deck lifter position sensor (PS104) does not detect the lifter within 60
sec after the deck lifter UP signal is generated.
The output of the deck paper sensor (PS107) is ‘0’ when the output of the
deck lifter position sensor (PS104) and that of the deck paper level sensor
(PS108) are ‘1’.

E043
Main cause The deck main motor (M101) is faulty. The deck driver PCB is faulty. A
connected device is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The PLL lock signal (DMPLK) remains ‘1’ for 2 sec or more after the deck
main motor drive signal is generated.

E051
Main cause The side registration sensor (S32) is faulty. The side registration motor
(M17) is faulty. The duplex driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The home position of the side registration sensor (S32) cannot be
detected.
The home position cannot be detected when 24-V power is turned
on in response to the turning on of the main power switch or the
opening and closing of the front cover/delivery assembly cover/
face-down delivery unit.

E-6
ERROR CODE

E070
Main cause The transfer belt sensor (S51) is faulty. The transfer belt is deformed. The
transfer high-voltage PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The transfer belt sensor (S51) cannot detect the home position of
the transfer belt.
0002 The transfer belt sensor (S51) continues to detect the home posi-
tion for the transfer belt.

E073
Main cause The transfer drawer connector has poor contact. The transfer unit is absent.
Condition of
detection
0001 The transfer unit cannot be detected when the front door is closed.

E074
Main cause The transfer swing sensor (S49, S50) is faulty. The transfer swing clutch
(CL23) is faulty. The pickup main motor (M1) is faulty. The serial driver
PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The output of the transfer swing sensor (S49, S50) does not change
even when the transfer unit is swung.

E196
Main cause A memory error has occurred in the EEPROM.
Condition of
detection
X=01: Y, X=02: M, X=03: C, X=04: Bk (X indicates the developing assem-
bly color)
YY=AA, 55, 00 (data in the presence of an error)
9XYY Drum kit cartridge EEPROM check error
A101 System controller PCB DIMM (absent)
A102 System controller PCB memory type (not SDRAM)
A103 System controller PCB memory sequential error
A104 System controller PCB memory capacity error (including a mix of
64 M and 128 M)
A105 System controller PCB memory type (not of recommended type)
A106 System controller PCB memory capacity error (duplex model, in-
adequate memory)
A2ZZ RCON

E-7
ERROR CODE

E197
Main cause An error has occurred in communication among PCBs within the printer
unit.
Condition of
detection
X=0: System controller PCB side
2: DC controller PCB side
Ex01 Serial reception error (during data reception)
Ex02 Reset on CPU of other party (during data reception)
Ex03 During processing of transmission/reception data (during data re-
ception)
Ex04 Serial reception error (during standby)
Ex05 Reset on CPU of other party (during standby)
Ex06 During processing of transmission /reception data (during standby)
020F Connection time-out

E202
Main cause The mirror base malfunctions.
Condition of
detection
During a home position search, the mirror base does not return to the home
position within a specific period of time.

E203
Main cause The scanner motor malfunctions.
Condition of
detection
After scanning an original, the mirror mount does not return to the home
position within a specific period of time.
The home position is detected while the mirror base is moving.

E211
Main cause The scanning lamp thermistor has an open circuit.
Condition of
detection
The thermistor reading is 0°C while the temperature is controlled to 70°C.

E215
Main cause The scanning lamp thermistor has an open circuit.
Condition of
detection
The thermistor reading is 170°C or higher.

E-8
ERROR CODE

E216
Main cause The scanning lamp is faulty. The light intensity sensor is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The intensity sensor does not detect light 10 sec after the scanning lamp is
turned on.

E217
Main cause The scanning lamp heater is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The temperature reading is not 70°C or higher 3 min after control to 70°C
is started.

E218
Main cause The scanning lamp is not mounted. The filament is broken.
Condition of
detection
The fluorescent lamp current does not flow within a specific period of time
after the ON signal has been received.

E219
Main cause The scanning lamp has reached the end of its life.
Condition of
detection
The thermistor reading is 150°C or higher while the scanning lamp is on.

E240
Main cause An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the reader
controller PCB and the system controller PCB.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the reader
controller PCB and the system controller PCB.

E243
Main cause An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the reader
controller PCB and the control panel.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the reader
controller PCB and the control panel.

E-9
ERROR CODE

E244
Main cause The pickup assembly PCB is faulty. The serial driver PCB is faulty. The du-
plex driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
x=0: Pickup assembly PCB, 1: Serial driver PCB,
2: Duplex driver PCB
y=0 to 7: Port of each PCB
xy01 Connection check error
When the main power switch is turned on, communication with
each PCB cannot be established.
xy02 Parity error
After communication with each PCB has been established, a parity
error has occurred continuously 5 times.
xy04 Sub station reset response time-out error
When the main power switch is turned on, each PCB cannot be re-
set (reset processing error).
xy05 Connection check result response time-out error
When the main power switch is turned on, communication with
each PCB cannot be established.
xy06 Transmission end response time-out error
After communication has been established with each PCB, the ab-
sence of responce has occurred continuously 5 times. (monitoring
at tall times)

E351
Main cause An error has occurred in the anti-counterfeit PCB.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the anti-counterfeit PCB.

E-10
ERROR CODE

E717
Main cause The Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE Controller is faulty or has an open
circuit. The system controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
When the copy start signal is generated, the count pulse is not detected by
the Copier Controller-A1 or the NE controller within a specific period of
time.
After connection, the Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE Controller is dis-
connected.

E800
Main cause The electric system has an error. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The shut-off relay of the main power switch (SW1) is found to
have an open circuit.
0002 The AC relay (RL1) is found to have an open circuit.
0003 The DC relay (RL2) is found to have an open circuit.
0004 +24 VRET does not change to +24 V even when the front door,
fixing door, and face-down delivery unit are all closed.

E805
Main cause The fixing fan has an error. The delivery fan has an error. The machine
cooling fan has an error. The power supply cooling fan has an error. The de-
curling fan has an error. The kit drive cooling fan has an error. The transfer
motor cooling fan has an error.
Condition of
detection
0001 The fixing fan (FM1) is found to have locked.
0002 The delivery fan (FM2) is found to have locked.
0003 The machine cooling fan (FM4) is found to have locked.
0004 The power supply cooling fan (FM6) is found to have locked.
0005 The de-curling fan (FM7) is found have locked.
0006 The kit drive cooling fan (FM10) is found to have locked.
0007 The transfer motor cooling fan (F13) is found to have locked.

E-11
ERROR CODE

E809
Main cause The reader unit power supply fan (FM1) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The reader unit power supply fan (FM1) is faulty.

E810
Main cause The photosensitive drum unit is faulty.
Condition of
detection
XX=01: Y, XX=02: M, XX=03: C, XX=04: Bk (XX indicates the develop-
ing assembly color)
XX01 The photosensitive drum unit is absent.
XX02 The wrong photosensitive drum unit is mounted (wrong color).
XX03 The photosensitive drum is wrongly installed (wrong country
model).

1. If the self-diagnosis mechanism has turned on, the machine may be reset
by turning its power switch off once; this, however, this does not apply
to E000, E004, E005, E211, E215, E217, or E717. If any of these codes
is indicated, perform the following:

Clearing an Error
1) Make the following selections in service mode:
FUNCTION>CLEAR.
2) Press <ERR> to highlight, and press the OK key.
3) Turn off and then on the main power switch.
4) See that the message panel on the control panel has been reset and
now shows the Copy Mode screen.

2. In the case of E000 or E004, the machine will turn off in 20 sec after the
error is detected.
3. The error history may be checked by making the following selections:
Display>ERR.

E-12
ERROR CODE

2 Self Diagnosis O (DADF)

If the self-diagnosis mechanism has turned on, the machine may be reset by
turning off and then on the host machine.
Even when the machine remains out of order, copies may still be made by
opening it and placing originals on the copyboard glass.

E401
Main cause The pickup motor (M1) fails to rotate. The pickup roller sensor (S5) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
The sensor does not turn on and off twice or more within 1 sec.

E402
Main cause The belt motor (M3) fails to rotate. The belt motor lock sensor (S10) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
The number of clock pulses within 200 msec is lower than a specific value.

E404
Main cause The feed motor (M2) fails to rotate. The feed motor clock sensor (S9) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
The number of clock pulses within 200 msec is lower than a specific value.

E411
Main cause The original tray power sensor (S1) is faulty. The registration sensor (S3) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
In the absence of paper, the output of the sensor is 2.3 V or higher.

E621
Main cause The editor has an error.
Condition of
detection
An error has been detected in the communication between editor and host
machine.

E-13
ERROR CODE

E624
Main cause The editor has an error
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the communication with the editor digitizer.

E625
Main cause The editor has an error.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the editor RAM.

E626
Main cause The editor has an error.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the LCD of the editor.

E627
Main cause The editor ha an error.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the ASIC of the editor.

E628
Main cause The editor has an error.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the IPC of the editor.

E629
Main cause The editor has an error.
Condition of
detection
A sequential error has occurred in the editor.

E710
Main cause The DADF/editor IPC communication (initialization) has an error.
Condition of
detection
At power-on, synchronization fails in the IPC communication between the
reader unit and DADF/editor within a specific period of time (3 sec).

E-14
ERROR CODE

E711
Main cause The DADF/editor has an IPC communication error.
Condition of
detection
At power-on, an IPC communication error has occurred 10 times or more
between the reader unit and DADF/editor within a specific period of time
(1.5 sec).

E712
Main cause The DADF/editor has an IPC communication error.
Condition of
detection
The IPC communication with the reader unit is interrupted for a specific pe-
riod of time (5 sec) or more.

E-15
ERROR CODE

3 Self Diagnosis (finisher)


3.1 Finisher Assembly
E503
Main cause A communication error has been detected.
Condition of
detection
0003 An error is detected in the communication with the saddle sitcher.

E504
Main cause The output of the height sensor (PS1) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0004 The adjustment of the sensor made using a DIP switch is faulty.

E505
Main cause The backup RAM is faulty.
Condition of
detection

0001 At power-on, the check sum value is found to be faulty.

E512
Main cause The delivery motor is faulty. The delivery motor clock sensor (PI10) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 At the start of operation, the target number of clock pulses cannot
be obtained from the delivery motor clock.
0002 During feeding, clock pulses are absent for a period equivalent of
200 mm.

E530
Main cause The alignment motor (M3) is faulty. The alignment plate home position
sensor (PI6) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The alignment plate does not leave the alignment plate home posi-
tion sensor even when the alignment motor has been driven for 2
sec.
0002 The alignment plate does not return to the alignment plate home
position sensor even when the alignment motor has been driven for
2 sec.

E-16
ERROR CODE

E531
Main cause The stapler motor (M6) is faulty. The stapler home position sensor detecting
switch (MS7) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The stapler does not leave the stapling home position even when
the stapler motor has been driven for 0.5 sec.
0002 The stapler does not return to the stapling home position even
when the stapler motor has been driven for 0.5 sec.

E532
Main cause The stapler shift motor (M4) is faulty. The stapler shift home position sen-
sor (PI7) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The stapler does not leave the stapler shift home position sensor
even when the stapler shift motor has been driven for 4 sec.
0002 The stapler shift home position cannot be detected even when the
stapler shift motor has been driven for 4 sec.

E535
Main cause The delivery motor (M2) is faulty. The swing guide closed detecting switch
2 (MS6) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The swing guide closed detecting switch does not turn on even
when the delivery motor is rotated in reverse for 1 sec.
Main cause The delivery motor (M2) is faulty. The swing guide open sensor (PI18) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
0002 The swing guide open detecting sensor does not turn on even when
the delivery motor is rotated in reverse for 1 sec.
Main cause The safety area switch (MS3) is faulty. The swing guide open detecting
switch (MS6) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 When the tray 1/2 is in the safety area switch OFF position, the
swing guide closed detecting switch is found to be off.

E-17
ERROR CODE

E540
Main cause The tray lift motor (M5) is faulty. The tray lift motor clock sensor 1/2
(PI19/PI20) is faulty. The tray home position sensor (PI8) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The ascent operation does not end 15 sec after the tray lift motor is
started.
The tray home position cannot be detected even when the tray lift
motor has been driven for 15 sec.
Main cause The tray paper limit detecting switch (MS4) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0002 The tray upper limit detecting switch is found to be on while the
tray is moving up.
Main cause The tray lifter motor (M5) is faulty. The tray lifter motor clock sensor 1/2
(PI19/PI20) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 There is no clock pulse from the clock sensor 1/2 for 200 msec or
more when the try lifter motor is driven.

E584
Main cause The feed motor (M1) is faulty. The shutter closed detecting switch (MS4) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The shutter closed detecting switch does not turn on even when the
feed motor has been rotated in reverse for 1 sec or more.
Main cause The feed motor (M1) is faulty. The shutter open sensor (PI5) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0002 The shutter open sensor does not turn on even when the feed motor
is rotated in reverse for 1 sec or more.
Main cause The safety area switch (MS3) is faulty. The shutter closed detecting sensor
(MS4) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 When the tray 1/2 is in the safety area switch OFF position, the
shutter closed detecting switch is found to be off.

E-18
ERROR CODE

3.2 Saddle Stitcher


E5F0
Main cause The positioning plate motor (M4S) is faulty. The power positioning plate
home position sensor (PI7S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The paper positioning plate home position sensor does not turn on
even when the paper positioning plate motor has been driven for
1.25 sec or more.
0002 The paper positioning plate home position sensor does not turn off
even when paper positioning plate motor has been driven for 1 sec
or more.

E5F1
Main cause The folding motor (M2S) is faulty. The folding motor clock sensor (PI4S)
is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The number of detention pulses of the folding motor clock sensor
drops to a specific value or lower.

E5F2
Main cause The guide motor (M3S) is faulty. The guide home position sensor (PI13S)
is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The guide home position sensor does not turn on even when the
guide motor has been driven for 0.4 sec or more.
0002 The guide home position sensor does not turn off even when the
guide motor has been driven for 1 sec or more.

E5F3
Main cause The alignment motor (M5S) is faulty. The alignment plate home position
sensor (PI5S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The alignment plate home position sensor does not turn on even
when the alignment motor has been driven for 0.5 sec or more.
0002 The alignment plate home position sensor does not turn off even
when the alignment motor has been driven for 1 sec or more.

E-19
ERROR CODE

E5F4
Main cause The stitch motor (rear, M6S) is faulty. The stitching home position switch
(rear, PS2S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The stitching home position switch does not turn off even when the
stitching motor (rear) is rotated clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.
0002 During jam recovery, the stitching home position switch does not
turn on even when the stitching motor (rear) is rotated counter-
clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.

E5F5
Main cause The stitching motor (front, M7S) is faulty. The stitching motor operating
home position switch (front, PS4S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The stitching home position switch does not turn off even when the
stitching motor (front) is rotated clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.
0002 During jam recovery, the stitching home position switch does not
turn on even when the stitching motor (front) is rotated counter-
clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.

E5F6
Main cause The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on plate
home position sensor (PI14S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 While the paper push-on plate is moving from the leading edge to
the home position, the paper push-on plate home position sensor
does not turn on even when the paper push-on plate motor has been
driven for 0.3 sec or more.
0002 While the paper push-on plate is moving to the leading edge, the
paper push-on plate home position sensor does not turn off even
when the paper push-on plate motor has been driven for 1.0 sec or
more.
Main cause The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on plate
leading edge position sensor (PI15S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 When the paper push-on plate is moving from the leading edge to
the home position, the paper push-on plate leading edge sensor
does not turn on even when the paper push-on plate motor has been
driven for 1.0 sec or more.

E-20
ERROR CODE

Main cause The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on plate
motor clock sensor (PIS) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0004 The number of detection pulse of the paper push-on plate motor
clock sensor is lower than a specific value.
Main cause The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on leading
edge position sensor (PI15S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0005 The paper push-on plate leading edge position sensor does not turn
on even when the paper push-on plate motor has been driven for
0.3 sec or more after the paper push-on plate home position sensor
is turned off.

E5F8
Main cause The guide home position sensor (PI13S) has a faulty connector.
Condition of
detection
0001 The connector of the guide home position sensor is found to be
disconnected.
The paper push-on plate home position sensor (PI14) has a faulty connec-
tor.
Condition of
detection
0002 The connector of the paper push-on plate home position sensor is
found to be disconnected.
Main cause The paper push-on plate leading edge sensor (PI15S) has a faulty connector.
Condition of
detection
0003 The connector of the paper push-on plate leading edge sensor is
found to be disconnected.

E-21
ERROR CODE

E5F9
Main cause The inlet door open detecting switch (MS1S) is faulty. The inlet door sen-
sor (PI9S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identi-
fied that the doors are closed, the inlet door open detention switch
identifies the door to be open for 1 sec or more from the start of
copying or the start of copier initial rotation.
Inlet door sensor (PI9S)
Front door open sensor (PI2S)
Delivery door open sensor (PI3S)
Main cause The front door open detecting switch (MS2S) is faulty. The front door open
sensor (PS2S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0002 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identi-
fied that the doors are closed, the front door open detecting switch
identifies the front door to be open for 1 sec or more from the start
of copying or the start of copier initial rotation:
Inlet door sensor (P19S)
Front door open sensor (PI2S)
Delivery door open sensor (PI3S)
Main cause The delivery door open detecting switch (MS3S) is faulty. The delivery
door open sensor (PI3S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identi-
fied that the doors are closed, the delivery door open detecting
switch identifies the delivery door to be open for 1 sec or more
from the start of copying or the start of initial rotation.
Inlet door sensor (PI9S)
Font door open sensor (PI2S)
Delivery door open sensor (PI3S)

E-22
ERROR CODE

4 Self Diagnosis (sorter)

E500
Main cause Data communication is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The communication between the host machine and the sorter is disrupted.
(This error is detected by the host machine.)

E510
Main cause The no-sort motor (M6) does not rotate.
Condition of
detection
After the motor drive signal has been generated, the input signal of the non-
sort motor clock sensor (PI10) does not change within 60 msec.

E525
Main cause Auto adjustment of the bin inside paper sensor (S1, S2) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
Auto adjustment of the bin inside paper sensor (S1, S2) fails, or the auto
adjustment value has an error.

E530
Main cause The guide bar swing motor (M3) fails to rotate.
Condition of
detection
After the motor drive signal has been generated, the input signal of the
guide bar HP sensor (PI3) does not change within 200 msec.

E531
Main cause The stapler unit swing motor (M4) fails to rotate.
The stapler motor (M5) fails to rotate.
Condition of
detection
The input signal from the stapler unit HP switch (MS4) does not change for
1000 msec or more.
While the stapler unit is rotating clockwise, the home position is not de-
tected within 600 msec. In addition, the home position cannot be detected
within 600 msec when the motor is rotated in reverse.

E-23
ERROR CODE

E540
Main cause The bins shift motor (M1) fails to rotate.
Condition of
detection
After the motor drive signal has been generated, the operation does not end
within a period 4 times a specific period or less:
Period: 20000 msec during initialization
2000 msec during non-initialization
The clock signal from the bin shift motor clock sensor (PI1) is absent for
250 msec or more.
The input signal from the lead cam HP sensor (PI2) does not change for
200 msec.

E-24
ERROR CODE

5 Self Diagnosis (PDL Board)

E677
Main cause The connection between the host machine and the PDL board is faulty. The
system software is faulty. The hard disk is faulty. The PDL board is faulty.
The system controller PCB of the host machine is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 DPRAM size error
In communication for initialization, the DPRAM size returned by
the PDL board to the host machine has an error.
(The host machine is aware of the DPRAM size in advance; the
DPRAM is a dual-port RAM used for communication between the
host machine and the PDL board, and is mounted on the PDL
board.)
0002 Initialization communication error
In communication for initialization, the contents of communication
returned by the PDL board to the host machine have an error and,
therefore, communication cannot be established.
0004 PDL board disconnection
After the connection of the PDL board is recognized at power-on,
the PDL board is disconnected.
During power-up, monitoring is executed at intervals of 2 min;
however, if the CPU is not on (sleep state or the like), no error will
be identified even if the PDL board is discontented.
If the PDL board is disconnected in sleep state, the absence of the
PDL board will be recognized at the start of the CPU.
0080 Communication error
An error in communication has occurred after the communication
between the host machine and the PDL board has been established.
For communication related to the sleep mode (power control) of
the host machine, the response from the PDL board is disrupted for
2 min or more.

E-25
ERROR CODE

Main cause The connector is disconnected. The cooling fan is faulty. The PDL board is
faulty. The host machine is faulty. The system controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0101 cooling fan error
The rotation of the cooling fan slows down or the absence (discon-
nection) of the fan is detected.
The revolution of the fan is monitored at all times as long as the
fan is rotating. (The cooling fan keeps rotating while the main
switch remains on.)

E-26
Prepared by
Office Imaging Products Technical Support Division
Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center
CANON INC.
Printed in Japan

REVISION 0 (NOV. 2000) (23715/26168/36086)

5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
This publication is
printed on 100%
recycled paper.

PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1100AB0.50-0

You might also like